<PAGE>
File Nos. 333-10285
---------
811-7769
---------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
AMENDMENT NO. 1
SEPARATE ACCOUNT KG OF FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY
FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
440 Lincoln Street
Worcester, MA 01653
(Address of Principal Executive Office)
Abigail M. Armstrong, Secretary and Counsel
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
440 Lincoln Street
Worcester, MA 01653
(Name and Address of Agent for Service of Process)
It is proposed that this filing will become effective:
Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485.
---
On (date) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
--- ------
60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485.
---
On (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485.
--- ------
VARIABLE ANNUITY POLICIES
Pursuant to Reg. Section 270.24f-2 of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
Registrant hereby declares that an indefinite amount of its securities is
being registered under the Securities Act of 1933. The Rule 24f-2 Notice for
the issuer's fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 was not filed as the
Separate Account had not begun operations.
<PAGE>
Cross Reference Sheet Showing Location in Prospectus of
Items Called for by Form N-4
Form N-4 Item No Caption in Prospectus
---------------------
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover Page
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . "Special Terms"
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . "Summary"; "Annual and Transaction Expenses"
4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condensed Financial Information
5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . "Description of the Company, the Variable Account
and the Kemper Investor Fund."
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . "Charges and Deductions"
7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . "The Variable Annuity Policies"
8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . "The Variable Annuity Policies"
9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . "Death Benefit"
10. . . . . . . . . . . . . "Purchase Payments:; "Computation of Policy Values
and Annuity Payments"
11. . . . . . . . . . . . . "Surrender"; "Withdrawal"
12. . . . . . . . . . . . . "Federal Tax Considerations"
13. . . . . . . . . . . . . "Legal Matters"
14. . . . . . . . . . . . . "Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional
Information"
Form N-4 Item No. Caption in Statement of Additional Information
-----------------------------------------------
15. . . . . . . . . . . . . "Cover Page"
16. . . . . . . . . . . . . "Table of Contents"
17. . . . . . . . . . . . . "General Information and History"
18. . . . . . . . . . . . . "Services"
19. . . . . . . . . . . . . "Underwriters"
20. . . . . . . . . . . . . "Underwriters"
21. . . . . . . . . . . . . "Performance Information"
22. . . . . . . . . . . . . "Annuity Payments"
23. . . . . . . . . . . . . "Financial Statements"
<PAGE>
FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE AND FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
This prospectus describes interests under flexible payment deferred variable
and fixed annuity contracts, known as Kemper Gateway Elite Contracts, issued
either on a group basis or as individual contracts by First Allmerica Financial
Life Insurance Company ("the Company") to individuals and businesses in
connection with retirement plans which may or may not qualify for special
federal income tax treatment. (For information about the tax status when used
with a particular type of plan, see "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS.") Participation
in a group contract will be accounted for by the issuance of a certificate
describing the individual's interest under the group contract. Participation in
an individual contract will be evidenced by the issuance of an individual
contract. Certificates and individual contracts are collectively referred to
herein as the "Contracts." The following is a summary of information about these
Contracts. More detailed information can be found under the referenced captions
in this Prospectus.
Contract values may accumulate on a variable basis in the Contract's
Separate Account, known as Separate Account KG (the "Variable Account"). The
assets of the Variable Account are divided into Sub-Accounts, each investing
exclusively in shares of one of the following Portfolios of Kemper Investors
Fund ("KINF"):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO INVESTMENT GRADE BOND PORTFOLIO
TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO VALUE PORTFOLIO
HIGH YIELD PORTFOLIO SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO
GROWTH PORTFOLIO VALUE+GROWTH PORTFOLIO
GOVERNMENT SECURITIES PORTFOLIO HORIZON 20+ PORTFOLIO
INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO HORIZON 10+ PORTFOLIO
SMALL CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO HORIZON 5 PORTFOLIO
</TABLE>
In most jurisdictions, values may also be allocated on a fixed basis to the
Fixed Account, which is part of the Company's General Account and during the
accumulation period to one or more of the Guarantee Period Accounts. Amounts
allocated to the Fixed Account earn interest at a guaranteed rate for one year
from the date allocated. Amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period Account earn a
fixed rate of interest for the duration of the applicable Guarantee Period, if
held for the entire Guarantee Period. If removed prior to the end of the
Guarantee Period the value may be increased or decreased by a Market Value
Adjustment. Amounts allocated to the Guarantee Period Accounts in the
accumulation phase are held in the Company's Separate Account GPA.
Additional information is contained in a Statement of Additional Information
dated , 1996 ("SAI"), filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission and incorporated herein by reference. The Table of Contents of the
SAI is on page 3 of this Prospectus. The SAI is available upon request and
without charge through Allmerica Investments, Inc., 440 Lincoln Street,
Worcester, Massachusetts 01653, 800-782-8380.
THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY A CURRENT PROSPECTUS OF
KINF. INVESTORS SHOULD RETAIN A COPY OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
THE CONTRACTS ARE OBLIGATIONS OF FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY AND ARE DISTRIBUTED BY ALLMERICA INVESTMENTS, INC. THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT
DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED OR ENDORSED BY, ANY BANK OR CREDIT
UNION. THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT INSURED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT, THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT
INSURANCE CORPORATION (FDIC), OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL AGENCY. INVESTMENTS IN THE
CONTRACTS ARE SUBJECT TO VARIOUS RISKS, INCLUDING THE FLUCTUATION OF VALUE AND
POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.
DATED NOVEMBER 13, 1996
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C> <C>
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION........... 3
SPECIAL TERMS.......................................................... 4
SUMMARY................................................................ 5
ANNUAL AND TRANSACTION EXPENSES........................................ 10
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION................................................ 13
WHAT IS AN ANNUITY?.................................................... 15
RIGHT TO REVOKE OR SURRENDER........................................... 16
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT, AND KEMPER
INVESTORS FUND....................................................... 16
ADDITION, DELETION OR SUBSTITUTION OF INVESTMENTS...................... 18
VOTING RIGHTS.......................................................... 19
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS................................................. 19
A. Annual Charge Against Variable Account Assets.................... 20
B. Contract Fee..................................................... 20
C. Premium Taxes.................................................... 21
D. Contingent Deferred Sales Charge................................. 21
E. Transfer Charge.................................................. 25
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT............................................ 25
A. Payments......................................................... 25
B. Transfer Privilege............................................... 26
C. Dollar Cost Averaging and Automatic Rebalancing Options.......... 26
D. Surrender........................................................ 27
E. Withdrawals...................................................... 27
F. Death Benefit.................................................... 28
G. The Spouse of the Contract Owner as Beneficiary.................. 29
H. Assignment....................................................... 29
I. Electing the Form of Annuity and the Annuity Date................ 29
J. Description of Variable Annuity Options.......................... 30
K. Norris Decision.................................................. 31
L. Computation of Values and Annuity Benefit Payments............... 32
GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS.............................................. 34
</TABLE>
2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C> <C>
FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS............................................. 36
A. Qualified and Non-Qualified Contracts............................ 36
B. Taxation of the Contracts in General............................. 37
C. Tax Withholding and Penalties.................................... 38
D. Provisions Applicable to Qualified Employer Plans................ 38
E. Qualified Employee Pension and Profit Sharing Trusts and
Qualified Annuity Plans......................................... 38
F. Self-Employed Individuals........................................ 39
G. Individual Retirement Account Plans.............................. 39
H. Simplified Employee Pensions..................................... 40
I. Public School Systems and Certain Tax-Exempt Organizations....... 40
J. Texas Optional Retirement Program................................ 41
K. Section 457 Plans for State Governments and Tax-Exempt
Entities........................................................ 41
L. Non-individual Owners............................................ 41
REPORTS................................................................ 41
LOANS (QUALIFIED CONTRACTS ONLY)....................................... 42
CHANGES IN OPERATION OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT........................... 42
DISTRIBUTION........................................................... 42
LEGAL MATTERS.......................................................... 43
FURTHER INFORMATION.................................................... 43
APPENDIX A -- MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT................. 44
APPENDIX B -- SURRENDER CHARGES AND THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT........ 45
APPENDIX C -- THE DEATH BENEFIT........................................ 48
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY........................................ 2
TAXATION OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND THE COMPANY....................... 3
SERVICES............................................................... 3
UNDERWRITERS........................................................... 3
ANNUITY PAYMENTS....................................................... 4
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION................................................ 6
TAX DEFERRRED ACCUMULATION............................................. 8
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS................................................... 8
</TABLE>
THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES.
THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN
OFFER TO BUY SECURITIES IN ANY STATE TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO
MAKE OR SOLICIT AN OFFER IN THAT STATE.
3
<PAGE>
SPECIAL TERMS
ACCUMULATED VALUE: the sum of the value of all Accumulation Units in the
Sub-Accounts and of the value of all accumulations in the Fixed Account and
Guarantee Period Accounts then credited to the Contract, on any date before the
Annuity Date.
ACCUMULATION UNIT: a measure of the Contract Owner's interest in a Sub-Account
before annuity benefit payments begin.
ANNUITANT: the person designated in the Contract upon whose life annuity
benefit payments are to be made.
ANNUITY DATE: the date on which annuity benefit payments begin as specified
pursuant to the Contract.
ANNUITY UNIT: a measure of the value of the periodic annuity benefit payments
under the Contract.
FIXED ACCOUNT: the part of the Company's General Account that guarantees
principal and a fixed minimum interest rate and to which all or a portion of a
payment or transfer under this Contract may be allocated.
FIXED ANNUITY PAYOUT: an Annuity in the payout phase providing for annuity
benefit payments which remain fixed in an amount throughout the annuity benefit
payment period selected.
GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE: the annual effective rate of interest after daily
compounding credited to a Guarantee Period Account.
GUARANTEE PERIOD: the number of years that a Guaranteed Interest Rate is
credited.
GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNT: an account which corresponds to a Guaranteed Interest
Rate for a specified Guarantee Period and is supported by assets in a
non-unitized separate account.
GENERAL ACCOUNT: all the assets of the Company other than those held in a
separate account.
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT: a positive or negative adjustment assessed if any
portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred prior to the
end of its Guarantee Period.
SUB-ACCOUNT: a subdivision of the Variable Account. Each Sub-Account available
under the Contracts invests exclusively in the shares of a corresponding
portfolio of Kemper Investors Fund.
SURRENDER VALUE: the Accumulated Value of the Contract on full surrender after
application of any Contract fee, contingent deferred sales charge, and Market
Value Adjustment.
UNDERLYING PORTFOLIOS: Money Market, Total Return, High Yield, Growth,
Government Securities, International, Small Cap Growth, Investment Grade Bond,
Value, Small Cap Value, Value+Growth, Horizon 20+, Horizon 10+, and Horizon 5
Portfolios of the Kemper Investors Fund.
VALUATION DATE: a day on which the net asset value of the shares of any of the
Portfolios is determined and unit values of the Sub-Accounts are determined.
Valuation dates currently occur on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange
is open for trading as well as each day otherwise required.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT: Separate Account KG, one of the Company's separate accounts,
consisting of assets segregated from other assets of the Company. The investment
performance of the assets of the Variable Account is determined separately from
the other assets of the Company and are not chargeable with liabilities arising
out of any other business which the Company may conduct.
VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYOUT: an Annuity in the payout phase providing for payments
varying in amount in accordance with the investment experience of certain of the
Portfolios.
4
<PAGE>
SUMMARY
WHAT IS THE KEMPER GATEWAY ELITE VARIABLE ANNUITY?
The Kemper Gateway Elite variable annuity contract ("Contract") is an
insurance contract designed to help you accumulate assets for your retirement or
other important financial goals on a tax-deferred basis. The Contract combines
the concept of professional money management with the attributes of an annuity
contract. Features available through the Contract include:
- A customized investment portfolio
- 14 KINF Portfolios
- 1 Fixed Account
- 9 Guarantee Period Accounts
- Experienced professional portfolio managers
- Tax deferral on earnings
- Guarantees that can protect your beneficiaries during the accumulation
phase
- Income that can be guaranteed for life
The Contract has two phases, an accumulation phase and an annuity payout
phase. During the accumulation phase, your initial payment and any additional
payments you choose to make may be allocated to the combination of portfolios of
securities ("Portfolios") under your Contract, to the Guarantee Period Accounts,
and to the Fixed Account. Your Contract's Accumulated Value is based on the
investment performance of the Portfolios and accumulations in the Guarantee
Period Accounts and the Fixed Account. No income taxes are paid on any earnings
under the Contract unless and until accumulated values are withdrawn.
During the annuity payout phase, the Annuitant can receive income based on
several annuity options. These options include payment over a period of years or
for the rest of the Annuitant's life.
THE ACCUMULATION PHASE
During the accumulation phase, you select the investment options most
appropriate for your investment needs. The Contracts permit net payments to be
allocated among the Portfolios, the Guarantee Period Accounts, and the Fixed
Account. Each Portfolio is professionally managed by Zurich Kemper Investments,
Inc. and its affiliate, Dreman Value Advisors, Inc. All investment gains or
losses of the Portfolios will be reflected in the Accumulated Value under your
Contract.
The accumulation phase provides certain protection and guarantees for the
beneficiary if the Annuitant should die before the annuity phase begins. See
discussion below under "What happens upon death during the accumulation phase?"
THE ANNUITY PAYOUT PHASE
You choose the annuity options and the date for the annuity benefit payments
to begin. Annuity benefit payments may be on a variable basis (dependent upon
the performance of the Portfolios), on a fixed basis (with payment amounts
guaranteed), or on a combination variable and fixed basis. Among the income
options available during the annuity phase are:
5
<PAGE>
- Lump sum
- At regular intervals over a specified number of years; or
- At regular intervals for the rest of the Annuitant's life, regardless of
how long he or she lives.
WHO ARE THE KEY PERSONS UNDER THE CONTRACT?
The Contract is between you and us -- First Allmerica Financial Life
Insurance Company ("the Company"). Each Contract has a Contract Owner (or an
Owner and a Joint Owner, in which case one of the two must also be the
Annuitant), an Annuitant and a beneficiary. As Contract Owner, you make
payments, choose investment allocations and select the Annuitant and
beneficiary. The Annuitant is the individual to receive annuity benefit payments
under the Contract. The beneficiary is the person who receives any payment on
death of the Contract Owner or Annuitant.
CAN I EXAMINE THE CONTRACT?
Yes. Your Contract will be delivered to you after your purchase. If you
return the Contract to the Company during the first 10 days from the date you
received it, the Contract will be canceled. You will incur no fees to cancel
within the right-to-examine period and will receive the greater of (1) your
entire payment, or (2) the Accumulated Value of the Contract plus any amounts
deducted under the Contract or by the Portfolios for taxes, charges or fees. See
"RIGHT TO REVOKE CONTRACT."
WHAT ARE MY INVESTMENT CHOICES?
The Contract permits net payments to be allocated among the Sub-Accounts
investing in the Portfolios, the Guarantee Period Accounts, and the Fixed
Account. The Fixed Account is part of the General Account of the Company and
provides a guarantee by the Company of principal and a fixed interest rate for
one year from the date amounts are allocated to the account. Payments allocated
to a Guarantee Period Account are held in a separate account and earn a
guaranteed interest rate if held for the full duration of the Guarantee period.
The Fixed Account and/or the Guarantee Period Accounts may not be available in
all states.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT -- You have a choice of Sub-Accounts investing in the 14
Portfolios of KINF:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
MONEY MARKET INVESTMENT GRADE BOND
TOTAL RETURN VALUE
HIGH YIELD SMALL CAP VALUE
GROWTH VALUE+GROWTH
GOVERNMENT SECURITIES HORIZON 20+
INTERNATIONAL HORIZON 10+
SMALL CAP GROWTH HORIZON 5
</TABLE>
This range of investment choices enables you to allocate your money among
the Portfolios to meet your particular investment needs. Because of your free
look right under the "Right to Examine" provision, for the first 15 days from
the date of issue, all Portfolio investments and allocations to the Guarantee
Period Accounts will be allocated to the Money Market Portfolio. Thereafter, all
amounts will be allocated according to your investment choices. For a more
detailed description of the Portfolios, see "Kemper Investors Fund."
GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS -- Assets supporting the guarantees under the
Guarantee Period Accounts are held in the Company's Separate Account GPA, a
non-unitized insulated separate account. However, values and benefits calculated
on the basis of Guarantee Period Account allocations are obligations of the
Company's
6
<PAGE>
General Account. Amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period Account earn a
Guaranteed Interest Rate declared by the Company. The level of the Guaranteed
Interest Rate depends on the number of years of the Guarantee Period selected.
The Company currently makes available nine Guarantee Periods ranging from two to
ten years in duration. Once declared, the Guaranteed Interest Rate will not
change during the duration of the Guarantee Period. If amounts allocated to a
Guarantee Period Account are transferred, surrendered or applied to any annuity
option at any time other than the day following the last day of the applicable
Guarantee Period, a Market Value Adjustment will apply that may increase or
decrease the account's value. For more information about the Guarantee Period
Accounts and the Market Value Adjustment, see "Guarantee Period Accounts."
FIXED ACCOUNT. The Fixed Account is part of the General Account, which
consists of all the Company's assets other than those allocated to the Variable
Account and any other separate account. Allocations to the Fixed Account are
guaranteed as to principal and a minimum rate of interest. Additional excess
interest may be declared periodically at the Company's discretion. Furthermore,
the initial rate in effect on the date an amount is allocated to the Fixed
Account will be guaranteed for one year from that date. For more information
about the Fixed Account see Appendix A, "MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED
ACCOUNT."
WHO ARE THE PORTFOLIO MANAGERS?
Zurich Kemper Investments, Inc. ("ZKI"), is the investment manager of each
Portfolio of KINF other than the Value and Small Cap Value Portfolios who are
managed by Dreman Value Advisors, Inc. ("DVA"), a wholly owned subsidiary of
ZKI. ZKI and DVA provide each Portfolio with continuous professional investment
supervision. DVA is also the sub-adviser for the Value+Growth, Horizon 20+,
Horizon 10+, and Horizon 5 Portfolios. Under the terms of its Sub-Advisory
Agreement with ZKI, DVA will manage the value portion of each of these
Portfolios and will provide such other investment advice, research and
assistance as ZKI may, from time to time, reasonably request. Zurich Kemper
Management ("ZIM"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of ZKI, is the investment manager
of the Guarantee Period Accounts pursuant to an investment advisory agreement
between the Company and ZIM.
CAN I MAKE TRANSFERS AMONG THE ACCOUNTS?
Yes. Prior to the Annuity Date, you may transfer among the Sub-Accounts
investing in the Portfolios, the Guarantee Period Accounts, and the Fixed
Account. You will incur no current taxes on transfers while your money remains
in the Contract. You may also elect Automatic Account rebalancing to ensure
assets remain allocated according to a desired mix or choose automatic dollar
cost averaging to gradually move money into one or more portfolios. See
"TRANSFER PRIVILEGE."
HOW MUCH CAN I INVEST AND HOW OFTEN?
The number and frequency of your payments are flexible, subject to the
minimum and maximum payments stated in "PAYMENTS."
WHAT IF I NEED MY MONEY BEFORE MY ANNUITY PAYOUT PHASE BEGINS?
You can withdraw the greater of 100% of cumulative earnings or 15% of the
total Accumulated Value per calendar year without a surrender charge. You may
surrender your Contract or make additional withdrawals any time before your
annuity payout phase begins subject to the restrictions discussed in
"SURRENDER," "WITHDRAWALS," and "MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT." Certain charges may
apply, see "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS," and there may be a tax-penalty assessed
under the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). See "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS."
7
<PAGE>
WHAT HAPPENS UPON DEATH DURING MY ACCUMULATION PHASE?
If the Annuitant, Contract Owner or Joint Owner should die before the
Annuity Date, a death benefit will be paid to the beneficiary. Upon the death of
the Annuitant (or an Owner who is also an Annuitant), the death benefit is equal
to the GREATEST of:
- The Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment;
- Gross payments, reduced proportionately to reflect withdrawals (for each
withdrawal, the proportionate reduction is calculated as the death benefit
under this option immediately prior to the withdrawal, multiplied by the
withdrawal amount, and divided by the Accumulated Value immediately prior
to the withdrawal); or
- The death benefit that would have been payable on the most recent Contract
Anniversary, increased for subsequent payments and reduced proportionately
to reflect withdrawals after that date.
If an Owner who is not also the Annuitant dies during the Accumulation
phase, the death benefit will equal the Accumulated Value of the Contract
increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment. If the Annuitant dies after
the Annuity Date but before all guaranteed annuity benefit payments have been
made, the remaining payments will be paid to the beneficiary at least as rapidly
as under the annuity option in effect. See "Death Benefit."
WHAT ARE MY ANNUITY OPTIONS UNDER THE CONTRACT?
You may choose variable annuity benefit payments based on the investment
performance of certain Portfolios, fixed-amount annuity benefit payments, or a
combination of fixed-amount and variable annuity benefit payments. Fixed-amount
payments are guaranteed by the Company. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT" for
information about annuity benefit payment options, selecting the Annuity Date,
and how annuity benefit payments are calculated.
WHAT CHARGES WILL I INCUR UNDER MY CONTRACT?
At each Contract anniversary and upon surrender, if the Accumulated Value is
less than $50,000, the Company will deduct a $35 Contract Fee from your
Contract. There will be no Contract Fee if the Accumulated Value is $50,000 or
more. The Contract Fee is waived for Contracts issued to and maintained by a
Trustee of a 401(k) plan.
Should you decide to surrender your Contract, make withdrawals, or receive
payments under certain annuity options, you may be subject to a contingent
deferred sales charge. If applicable, this charge will be between 2% and 7% of
payments withdrawn, based on when the payments were made.
Depending upon the state you live in, a deduction for state and local
premium taxes, if any, may be made as described under "PREMIUM TAXES."
Currently, the Company makes no charge for processing transfers. The first
twelve (12) transfers in a Contract year are guaranteed to be free of a transfer
charge. For each subsequent transfer in a contract year, the Company reserves
the right to assess a charge which is guaranteed never to exceed $25.
The Company will deduct on a daily basis, an annual Mortality and Expense
Risk Charge and Administrative Expense Charge equal to 1.25% and 0.15%,
respectively, of the average daily net assets invested in each Portfolio. The
Portfolios will incur certain management fees and expenses which are more fully
described in "OTHER CHARGES" and in the KINF prospectus which accompanies this
Prospectus.
8
<PAGE>
For more information, see "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS."
CAN I MAKE FUTURE CHANGES UNDER MY CONTRACT?
There are several changes you can make after receiving your Contract:
- You may assign your ownership to someone else, except under certain
qualified plans.
- You may change the beneficiary, unless you have designated a beneficiary
irrevocably.
- You may change the allocation of payments, with no tax consequences under
current law.
- You may make transfers of Contract value among your current investments.
- You may cancel your Contract within 10 days of delivery, as discussed
above.
- You may select the form and timing of annuity benefit payments.
9
<PAGE>
ANNUAL AND TRANSACTION EXPENSES
The following tables show charges under your Contract, expenses of the
Sub-Accounts, and expenses of the Portfolios. In addition to the charges and
expenses described below, premium taxes are applicable in some states and
deducted as described under "PREMIUM TAXES."
CONTRACT CHARGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS FROM DATE
OF PAYMENT CHARGE
---------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE: 0-1 7.0%
This charge may be assessed upon surrender, withdrawal or annuitization 2 6.0%
under any commutable period certain option or a noncommutable period 3 5.0%
certain option of less than 10 years. The charge is a percentage of 4 4.0%
payments applied to the amount surrendered (in excess of any amount 5 3.0%
that is free of charge) within the indicated time periods. 6 2.0%
Thereafter 0.0%
TRANSFER CHARGE: None
The Company currently makes no charge for processing transfers. The Company guarantees that
the first twelve transfers in a Contract Year will not be subject to a transfer charge. For
each subsequent transfer, the Company reserves the right to assess a charge, guaranteed never
to exceed $25, to reimburse the Company for the costs of processing the transfer.
CONTRACT FEE: $ 35
The Fee is deducted annually and upon surrender prior to the annuity date when the Accumulated
Value is less than $50,000. The fee is waived for contracts issued to and maintained by the
Trustee of a 401(k) plan.
SUB-ACCOUNT EXPENSES
(on annual basis as percentage of average daily net assets)
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge: 1.25%
Administrative Expense Charge: 0.15%
-----------
Total Asset Charge: 1.40%
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PORTFOLIO EXPENSES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(annual basis as percentage of average daily net assets)
<CAPTION>
MANAGEMENT OTHER TOTAL
PORTFOLIO FEE EXPENSES EXPENSES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Money Market......................................................... 0.50% 0.05% 0.55%
Total Return......................................................... 0.55% 0.05% 0.60%
High Yield........................................................... 0.60% 0.05% 0.65%
Growth............................................................... 0.60% 0.04% 0.64%
Government Securities................................................ 0.55% 0.10% 0.65%
International........................................................ 0.75% 0.17% 0.92%
Small Cap Growth..................................................... 0.65% 0.22% 0.87%
Investment Grade Bond................................................ 0.60% 0.15%* 0.75%
Value................................................................ 0.75% 0.15%* 0.90%
Small Cap Value...................................................... 0.75% 0.15%* 0.90%
Value+Growth......................................................... 0.75% 0.15%* 0.90%
Horizon 20+.......................................................... 0.60% 0.15%* 0.75%
Horizon 10+.......................................................... 0.60% 0.15%* 0.75%
Horizon 5............................................................ 0.60% 0.15%* 0.75%
</TABLE>
*Estimated First-Year Expenses
10
<PAGE>
EXAMPLES. The following examples demonstrate the cumulative expenses which
would be paid by the Contract Owner at 1-year, 3-year, 5-year and 10-year
intervals under certain contingencies. Each example assumes a $1,000 investment
in a Sub-Account and a 5% annual return on assets, as required by rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Because the expenses of the Portfolios
differ, separate examples are used to illustrate the expenses incurred by a
Contract Owner on an investment in the various Sub-Accounts.
THE INFORMATION GIVEN UNDER THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED
A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR
LESSER THAN THOSE SHOWN.
(a) If, at the end of the applicable period, you surrender your Contract or
annuitize* under a commutable variable period certain option or a noncommutable
period certain option of less than 10 years, you would pay the following
expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO 1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Money Market......................................................... $ 82 $ 109 $ 138 $ 233
Total Return......................................................... $ 82 $ 111 $ 140 $ 238
High Yield........................................................... $ 83 $ 112 $ 143 $ 244
Growth............................................................... $ 82 $ 112 $ 142 $ 243
Government Securities................................................ $ 83 $ 112 $ 143 $ 244
International........................................................ $ 85 $ 120 $ 156 $ 271
Small Cap Growth..................................................... $ 85 $ 119 $ 153 $ 266
Investment Grade Bond................................................ $ 84 $ 115 $ 147 $ 254
Value................................................................ $ 85 $ 119 $ 155 $ 269
Small Cap Value...................................................... $ 85 $ 119 $ 155 $ 269
Value+Growth......................................................... $ 85 $ 119 $ 155 $ 269
Horizon 20+.......................................................... $ 84 $ 115 $ 147 $ 254
Horizon 10+.......................................................... $ 84 $ 115 $ 147 $ 254
Horizon 5............................................................ $ 84 $ 115 $ 147 $ 254
</TABLE>
(b) If, at the end of the applicable time period, you annuitize* under a
life option or a noncommutable period certain option of 10 years or longer, or
if you do not surrender or annuitize your Contract, you would pay the following
expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO 1 YEAR 3 YEARS 5 YEARS 10 YEARS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Money Market......................................................... $ 20 $ 63 $ 108 $ 233
Total Return......................................................... $ 21 $ 64 $ 111 $ 238
High Yield........................................................... $ 21 $ 66 $ 113 $ 244
Growth............................................................... $ 21 $ 66 $ 113 $ 243
Government Securities................................................ $ 21 $ 66 $ 113 $ 244
International........................................................ $ 24 $ 74 $ 127 $ 271
Small Cap Growth..................................................... $ 24 $ 73 $ 1124 $ 266
Investment Grade Bond................................................ $ 22 $ 69 $ 118 $ 254
Value................................................................ $ 24 $ 74 $ 126 $ 269
Small Cap Value...................................................... $ 24 $ 74 $ 126 $ 269
Value+Growth......................................................... $ 24 $ 74 $ 126 $ 269
Horizon 20+.......................................................... $ 22 $ 69 $ 118 $ 254
Horizon 10+.......................................................... $ 22 $ 69 $ 118 $ 254
Horizon 5............................................................ $ 22 $ 69 $ 118 $ 254
</TABLE>
11
<PAGE>
As required in rules promulgated under the 1940 Act, the Contract Fee is
reflected in the examples by a method to show the "average" impact on an
investment in the Variable Account. The total Contract Fees collected are
divided by the total average net assets attributable to the Contracts. The
resulting percentage is 0.088%, and the amount of the Contract Fee is assumed to
be $0.88 in the examples.
*The Contract Fee is not deducted after annuitization. No contingent
deferred sales charge is assessed at the time of annuitization under an option
including a life contingency or under a noncommutable period certain option of
10 years or longer.
12
<PAGE>
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
The Contracts are first being offered to the public in 1996. However, the
Company and KINF may advertise "Total Return" and "Average Annual Total Return"
performance information based on the periods that the Portfolios have been in
existence. The results for any period prior to the Contracts being offered will
be calculated as if the Contracts had been offered during that period of time,
with all charges assumed to be those applicable to the Sub-Accounts, the
Portfolios, and (in Table I) assuming that the Contract is surrendered at the
end of the applicable period.
The "Total Return" of a Sub-Account refers to the total of the income
generated by an investment in the Sub-Account and of the changes in the value of
the principal (due to realized and unrealized capital gains or losses) for a
specified period, reduced by certain charges, and expressed as a percentage of
the investment.
The "Average Annual Total Return" represents the average annual percentage
change in the value of an investment in a Sub-Account over a given period of
time. Average Annual Total Return represents averaged figures as opposed to the
actual performance of a Sub-Account, which will vary from year to year.
The "Yield" of the Sub-Account investing in the Money Market Portfolio
refers to the income generated by an investment in the Sub-Account over a
seven-day period (which period will be specified in the advertisement). This
income is then "annualized" by assuming that the income generated in the
specific week is generated over a 52-week period. This annualized Yield is shown
as a percentage of the investment. The "Effective Yield" calculation is similar,
but when annualized, the income earned by an investment in the Sub-Account is
assumed to be reinvested. Thus the "Effective Yield" will be slightly higher
than the "Yield" because of the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment.
The Total Return, Yield, and Effective Yield figures are adjusted to reflect
the Sub-Account's asset charges. The total return figures also reflect the $35
annual Contract Fee and the contingent deferred sales charge which would be
assessed if the investment were completely surrendered at the end of the
specified period.
The Company and KINF may also advertise supplemental total return
performance information. Supplemental total return refers to the total of the
income generated by an investment in the Sub-Account and of the changes in value
of the principal invested (due to realized and unrealized capital gains or
losses), adjusted by the Sub-Account's annual asset charges, and expressed as a
percentage of the investment. Because it is assumed that the investment is NOT
surrendered at the end of the specified period, the contingent deferred sales
charge is NOT included in the calculation of supplemental total return.
Performance information for a Sub-Account may be compared, in reports and
promotional literature, to: (i) the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index ("S & P
500"), Dow Jones Industrial Average ("DJIA"), Shearson Lehman Aggregate Bond
Index or other unmanaged indices so that investors may compare the Sub-Account
results with those of a group of unmanaged securities widely regarded by
investors as representative of the securities markets in general; (ii) other
groups of variable annuity variable accounts or other investment products
tracked by Lipper Analytical Services, a widely used independent research firm
which ranks mutual funds and other investment products by overall performance,
investment objectives, and assets, or tracked by other services, companies,
publications, or persons, such as Morningstar, Inc., who rank such investment
products on overall performance or other criteria; or (iii) the Consumer Price
Index (a measure for inflation) to assess the real rate of return from an
investment in the Sub-Account. Unmanaged indices may assume the reinvestment of
dividends but generally do not reflect deductions for administrative and
management costs and expenses.
13
<PAGE>
TABLE I
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS FOR PERIODS ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1995
(ASSUMING COMPLETE SURRENDER OF INVESTMENT)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
10 YEARS
YEAR (OR SINCE
ENDED: 5 INCEPTION
UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO 12/31/95 YEARS IF LESS)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ---------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Money Market........................................................................ -2.20% 2.24% 4.36%
Total Return........................................................................ 17.10% 10.32% 10.15%
High Yield.......................................................................... 8.77% 17.68% 9.83%
Growth.............................................................................. 24.00% 17.23% 11.56%
Government Securities............................................................... 10.24% 6.44% 6.86%
International....................................................................... 4.54% N/A 7.04%
Small Cap Growth.................................................................... 21.14% N/A 14.98%
Investment Grade Bond............................................................... N/A N/A N/A
Value............................................................................... N/A N/A N/A
Small Cap Value..................................................................... N/A N/A N/A
Value+Growth........................................................................ N/A N/A N/A
Horizon 20+......................................................................... N/A N/A N/A
Horizon 10+......................................................................... N/A N/A N/A
Horizon 5........................................................................... N/A N/A N/A
</TABLE>
TABLE II
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS FOR PERIODS ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1995
(ASSUMING N0 SURRENDER OF INVESTMENT)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
10 YEARS
YEAR (OR SINCE
ENDED: 5 INCEPTION
UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO 12/31/95 YEARS IF LESS)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Money Market......................................................................... 3.99% 2.77% 4.36%
Total Return......................................................................... 24.10% 10.72% 10.15%
High Yield........................................................................... 15.65% 18.00% 11.56%
Growth............................................................................... 31.00% 17.54% 11.56%
Government Securities................................................................ 17.21% 6.90% 6.86%
International........................................................................ 11.15% N/A 7.87%
Small Cap Growth..................................................................... 28.14% N/A 18.28%
Investment Grade Bond................................................................ N/A N/A N/A
Value................................................................................ N/A N/A N/A
Small Cap Value...................................................................... N/A N/A N/A
Value+Growth......................................................................... N/A N/A N/A
Horizon 20+.......................................................................... N/A N/A N/A
Horizon 10+.......................................................................... N/A N/A N/A
Horizon 5............................................................................ N/A N/A N/A
</TABLE>
*The inception dates for the Portfolios are: 3/5/82 for Money Market, Total
Return and High Yield; 12/9/83 for Growth; 9/3/87 for Government Securities;
1/6/92 for International; 5/2/94 for the Small Cap Growth;
5/1/96 for Investment Grade Bond, Value, Small Cap Value, Value+Growth, Horizon
20+, Horizon 10+,
and Horizon 5.
14
<PAGE>
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION FOR ANY SUB-ACCOUNT REFLECTS ONLY THE PERFORMANCE OF
A HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT IN THE SUB-ACCOUNT DURING THE PARTICULAR TIME PERIOD
ON WHICH THE CALCULATIONS ARE BASED. PERFORMANCE INFORMATION SHOULD BE
CONSIDERED IN LIGHT OF THE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES, CHARACTERISTICS
AND QUALITY OF THE INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO OF THE PORTFOLIO IN WHICH THE
SUB-ACCOUNT INVESTS AND THE MARKET CONDITIONS DURING THE GIVEN TIME PERIOD, AND
SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED AS A REPRESENTATION OF WHAT MAY BE ACHIEVED IN THE
FUTURE.
WHAT IS AN ANNUITY?
In general, an annuity is an insurance contract designed to provide a
retirement income in the form of periodic payments for the lifetime of the
purchaser or an individual chosen by the purchaser. The retirement income
payments are called "annuity benefit payments" and the individual receiving the
payments is called the "Annuitant." Annuity benefit payments begin on the
annuity date.
The Contract has two phases, an accumulation phase and an annuity payout
phase. During the accumulation phase, your initial payment and any additional
payments you choose to make may be allocated to the combination of portfolios of
securities ("Portfolios") under your Contract, to the Guarantee Period Accounts,
and to the Fixed Account.
During the annuity payout phase, the Annuitant can receive income based on
several annuity options. These options include payment over a period of years or
for the rest of the Annuitant's life.
Under an annuity contract, the insurance company assumes a mortality risk
and an expense risk. The mortality risk arises from the insurance company's
guarantee that annuity benefit payments will continue for the life of the
Annuitant, regardless of how long the Annuitant lives or how long all Annuitants
as a group live. The expense risk arises from the insurance company's guarantee
that charges will not be increased beyond the limits specified in the Contract,
regardless of actual costs of operations.
The Contract Owner's payments, less any applicable deductions, are invested
by the insurance company. After retirement, annuity benefit payments are paid to
the Annuitant for life or for such other period chosen by the Contract Owner. In
the case of a "fixed" annuity, the value of these annuity benefit payments is
guaranteed by the insurance company, which assumes the risk of making the
investments to enable it to make the guaranteed payments. For more information
about fixed annuities see APPENDIX A, "MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED
ACCOUNT." With a variable annuity, the value of the Contract and the annuity
benefit payments are not guaranteed but will vary depending on the investment
performance of a portfolio of securities. Any investment gains or losses are
reflected in the value of the Contract and in the annuity benefit payments. If
the portfolio increases in value, the value of the Contract increases. If the
portfolio decreases in value, the value of the Contract decreases.
RIGHT TO REVOKE OR SURRENDER
A Contract Owner may revoke the Contract within 10 days after receipt of the
Contract. In order to revoke the Contract, the Contract Owner must mail or
deliver the Contract to the principal office of the Company at 440 Lincoln
Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01653, or to an Allmerica Financial agent of
the Company. Mailing or delivery must occur on or before 10 days after receipt
of the Contract for revocation to be effective. Within seven days, the Company
will send the Contract Owner a refund of the greater of (1) gross payments or
(2) the Accumulated Value plus any amounts deducted under the Contract or by the
Portfolios for taxes, charges or fees.
15
<PAGE>
If on the date of revocation the Surrender Value of the Contract exceeds
gross payments, the Company will treat the revocation request as a request for
surrender (see "Surrender") and will pay the Contract Owner the Surrender Value
of the Contract. The liability of the Variable Account under this provision is
limited to the Contract Owner's Accumulated Value in the Variable Account on the
date of cancellation. Any additional amounts refunded to the Contract Owner will
be paid by the Company.
The refund of any premium paid by check may be delayed until the check has
cleared the Contract Owner's bank.
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT,
AND KEMPER INVESTORS FUND
THE COMPANY -- The Company, organized under the laws of Massachusetts in
1844, is the fifth oldest life insurance company in America. As of December 31,
1995, the Company and its subsidiaries had over $11 billion in combined assets
and over $35.2 billion of life insurance in force. Effective October 16, 1995,
the Company converted from a mutual life insurance company known as State Mutual
Life Assurance Company of America to a stock life insurance company and adopted
its present name. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Allmerica
Financial Corporation ("AFC"). The Company's principal office is located at 440
Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01653, telephone 508-855-1000
("Principal Office").
The Company is subject to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts
governing insurance companies and to regulation by the Commissioner of Insurance
of Massachusetts. In addition, the Company is subject to the insurance laws and
regulations of other states and jurisdictions in which it is licensed to
operate.
VARIABLE ACCOUNT -- Separate Account KG ("Variable Account") is a separate
investment account of the Company with 14 Sub-Accounts. The assets used to fund
the variable portions of the Contracts are set aside in Sub-Accounts kept
separate from the general assets of the Company. Each Sub-Account invests in a
corresponding investment series ("Portfolio") of Kemper Investors Fund ("Fund").
Each Sub-Account is administered and accounted for as part of the general
business of the Company. However, the income, capital gains, or capital losses
of each Sub-Account are allocated to each Sub-Account, without regard to any
other income, capital gains, or capital losses of the Company. Under
Massachusetts law, the assets of the Variable Account may not be charged with
any liabilities arising out of any other business of the Company.
The Variable Account was authorized by vote of the Board of Directors of the
Company on June 13, 1996. The Variable Account meets the definition of "separate
account" under federal securities laws and is registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission ("SEC") as a unit investment trust under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 ("1940 Act"). This registration does not involve the
supervision of management or investment practices or policies of the Variable
Account by the SEC.
The Company reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law,
to change the names of the Variable Account and the Sub-Accounts.
KEMPER INVESTORS FUND -- The Variable Account invests in shares of Kemper
Investors Fund ("Fund"), a series type mutual fund registered with the
Commission as an open-end, diversified, management investment company.
Registration of KINF does not involve supervision of its management, investment
practices or policies by the Commission. KINF is designed to provide an
investment vehicle for certain variable annuity contracts and variable life
insurance policies. Shares of the Portfolios of KINF are sold only to insurance
company separate accounts. The investment objectives of the fourteen Portfolios
of KINF are summarized below:
16
<PAGE>
MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO seeks maximum current income to the extent consistent
with stability of principal from a portfolio of high quality money market
instruments that mature in twelve months or less.
TOTAL RETURN PORTFOLIO seeks a high total return, a combination of income
and capital appreciation, by investing in a combination of debt securities and
common stocks.
HIGH YIELD PORTFOLIO seeks to provide a high level of current income by
investing in fixed-income securities.
GROWTH PORTFOLIO seeks maximum appreciation of capital through
diversification of investment securities having potential for capital
appreciation.
GOVERNMENT SECURITIES PORTFOLIO seeks high current return consistent with
preservation of capital from a portfolio composed primarily of U.S. Government
securities.
INTERNATIONAL PORTFOLIO seeks total return, a combination of capital growth
and income, principally through an internationally diversified portfolio of
equity securities.
SMALL CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO seeks maximum appreciation of investors' capital
from a portfolio primarily of growth stocks of smaller companies.
INVESTMENT GRADE BOND PORTFOLIO seeks high current income by investing
primarily in a diversified portfolio of investment grade debt securities.
VALUE PORTFOLIO seeks to achieve a high rate of total return from a
portfolio primarily of value stocks of larger companies.
SMALL CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO seeks long-term capital appreciation from a
portfolio primarily of value stocks of smaller companies.
VALUE+GROWTH PORTFOLIO seeks growth of capital through professional
management of a portfolio of growth and value stocks.
HORIZON 20+ PORTFOLIO, designed for investors with approximately a 20+ year
investment horizon, seeks growth of capital, with income as a secondary
objective.
HORIZON 10+ PORTFOLIO, designed for investors with approximately a 10+ year
investment horizon, seeks a balance between growth of capital and income,
consistent with moderate risk.
HORIZON 5 PORTFOLIO, designed for investors with approximately a 5 year
investment horizon, seeks income consistent with preservation of capital, with
growth of capital as a secondary objective.
There is no assurance that any of the Portfolios of KINF will achieve its
objective as stated in KINF's prospectus. More detailed information, including a
description of risks involved in investing in each of the Portfolios, may be
found in the prospectus for KINF, which must accompany or precede this
Prospectus, and KINF's Statement of Additional Information available upon
request from KINF, 222 South Riverside Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60606. Please
read the prospectus of KINF carefully before investing.
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT SERVICES TO KINF -- Responsibility for overall
management of KINF rests with the Board of Trustees and officers of KINF. ZKI,
is the investment manager of each Portfolio other than the Value and Small Cap
Value Portfolios, who are managed by DVA, a wholly owned subsidiary of ZKI. ZKI
and DVA provide each Portfolio with continuous professional investment
supervision. DVA is also the sub-adviser for the
17
<PAGE>
Value+Growth, Horizon 20+, Horizon 10+, and Horizon 5 Portfolios. Under the
terms of its Sub-Advisory Agreement with ZKI, DVA will manage the value portion
of each of these Portfolios and will provide such other investment advice,
research and assistance as ZKI may, from time to time reasonably request.
For its services, ZKI is paid a management fee based upon the average daily
net assets of such Portfolios, as follows: Money Market (.50 of 1%), Total
Return (.55 of 1%), High Yield (.60 of 1%), Growth (.60 of 1%), Government
Securities (.55 of 1%), International (.75 of 1%), Small Cap Growth (.65 of 1%),
Investment Grade Bond (.60 of 1%), Value+Growth (.75 of 1%), Horizon 20+ (.60 of
1%), Horizon 10+ (.60 of 1%), and Horizon 5 (.60 of 1%). DVA serves as the
investment manager for the Value and Small Cap Value Portfolios and is paid a
management fee at an annual rate of .75 of 1% of the average daily net assets of
these Portfolios. For more information, see the KINF Prospectus and SAI.
ADDITION, DELETION OR SUBSTITUTION OF INVESTMENTS
The Company reserves the right, subject to applicable law and to the
provision of the Participation Agreement (the "Participation Agreement") among
the Company, KINF, ZKI, and Kemper Distributors, Inc., to make additions to,
deletions from, or substitutions for the shares that are held in the
Sub-Accounts or that the Sub-Accounts may purchase. If the shares of any
Portfolio are no longer available for investment or if in the Company's judgment
further investment in any Portfolio should become inappropriate in view of the
purposes of the Variable Account or the affected Sub-Account, the Company may
redeem the shares of that Portfolio and substitute shares of another registered
open-end management company. The Company will not substitute any shares
attributable to a Contract interest in a Sub-Account without notice to the
Contract Owner and prior approval of the Commission and state insurance
authorities, to the extent required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law. The
Variable Account may, to the extent permitted by law, purchase other securities
for other contracts or permit a conversion between contracts upon request by a
Contract Owner.
The Company also reserves the right to establish additional Sub-Accounts of
the Variable Account, each of which would invest in shares corresponding to a
new Portfolio or in shares of another investment company having a specified
investment objective. Subject to applicable law and any required Commission
approval, the Company may, in its sole discretion, establish new Sub-Accounts or
eliminate one or more Sub-Accounts if marketing needs, tax considerations or
investment conditions warrant. Any new Sub-Accounts may be made available to
existing Contract Owners on a basis to be determined by the Company.
Shares of the Portfolios are also issued to variable accounts of other
insurance companies which issue variable life Contracts ("mixed funding").
Shares of the Portfolios are also issued to other unaffiliated insurance
companies ("shared funding"). It is conceivable that in the future such mixed
funding or shared funding may be disadvantageous for variable life Contract
Owners or variable annuity Contract Owners. Although the Company and KINF do not
currently foresee any such disadvantages to either variable life insurance
Contract Owners or variable annuity Contract Owners, the Company and the
Trustees of KINF intend to monitor events in order to identify any material
conflicts between such Contract Owners and to determine what action, if any,
should be taken in response thereto. If the Trustees were to conclude that
separate portfolios should be established for variable life and variable annuity
Separate accounts, the Company will bear the attendant expenses.
If any of these substitutions or changes are made, the Company may by
appropriate endorsement change the Contract to reflect the substitution or
change and will notify Contract Owners of all such changes. If the Company deems
it to be in the best interest of Contract Owners, and subject to any approvals
that may be
18
<PAGE>
required under applicable law, the Variable Account or any Sub-Account(s) may be
operated as a management company under the 1940 Act, may be deregistered under
the 1940 Act if registration is no longer required, or may be combined with
other Sub-Accounts or other separate accounts of the Company.
VOTING RIGHTS
The Company will vote Portfolio shares held by each Sub-Account in
accordance with instructions received from Contract Owners and, after the
Annuity Date, from the Annuitants. Each person having a voting interest in a
Sub-Account will be provided with proxy materials of the Portfolio together with
a form with which to give voting instructions to the Company. Shares for which
no timely instructions are received will be voted in proportion to the
instructions which are received. The Company will also vote shares in a
Sub-Account that it owns and which are not attributable to Contracts in the same
proportion. If the 1940 Act or any rules thereunder should be amended or if the
present interpretation of the 1940 Act or such rules should change, and as a
result the Company determines that it is permitted to vote shares in its own
right, whether or not such shares are attributable to the Contract, the Company
reserves the right to do so.
The number of votes which a Contract Owner or Annuitant may cast will be
determined by the Company as of the record date established by the Portfolio.
During the accumulation period, the number of Portfolio shares attributable to
each Contract Owner will be determined by dividing the dollar value of the
Accumulation Units of the Sub-Account credited to the Contract by the net asset
value of one Portfolio share. During the annuity period, the number of Portfolio
shares attributable to each Annuitant will be determined by dividing the reserve
held in each Sub-Account for the Annuitant's variable annuity by the net asset
value of one Portfolio share. Ordinarily, the Annuitant's voting interest in the
Portfolio will decrease as the reserve for the variable annuity is depleted.
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS
Deductions under the Contracts and charges against the assets of the
Sub-Accounts are described below. Other deductions and expenses paid out of the
assets of the Portfolios are described in the Prospectus and SAI of KINF.
A. ANNUAL CHARGES AGAINST VARIABLE ACCOUNT ASSETS.
MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE -- The Company makes a charge of 1.25% on
an annual basis of the daily value of each Sub-Account's assets to cover the
mortality and expense risk which the Company assumes in relation to the variable
portion of the Contract. The charge is imposed during both the accumulation
period and the annuity payout period. The mortality risk arises from the
Company's guarantee that it will make annuity benefit payments in accordance
with annuity rate provisions established at the time the Contract is issued for
the life of the Annuitant (or in accordance with the annuity option selected),
no matter how long the Annuitant (or other payee) lives and no matter how long
all Annuitants as a class live. Therefore, the mortality charge is deducted
during the annuity payout phase on all contracts, including those that do not
involve a life contingency, even though the Company does not bear direct
mortality risk with respect to variable annuity settlement options that do not
involve life contingencies. The expense risk arises from the Company's guarantee
that the charges it makes will not exceed the limits described in the Contract
and in this Prospectus.
If the charge for mortality and expense risks is not sufficient to cover
actual mortality experience and expenses, the Company will absorb the losses. If
expenses are less than the amounts provided to the Company by
19
<PAGE>
the charge, the difference will be a profit to the Company. To the extent this
charge results in a profit to the Company, such profit will be available for use
by the Company for, among other things, the payment of distribution, sales and
other expenses.
Since mortality and expense risks involve future contingencies which are not
subject to precise determination in advance, it is not feasible to identify
specifically the portion of the charge which is applicable to each. The Company
estimates that a reasonable allocation might be 0.85% for mortality risk and
0.40% for expense risk.
ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE -- The Company assesses each Sub-Account with
a daily charge at an annual rate of 0.15% of the average daily net assets of the
Sub-Account. The charge is imposed during both the accumulation period and the
annuity payout period. The daily Administrative Expense Charge is assessed to
help defray administrative expenses actually incurred in the administration of
the Sub-Account, without profits. However, there is no direct relationship
between the amount of administrative expenses imposed on a given contract and
the amount of expenses actually attributable to that contract.
Deductions for the Contract Fee (described under B. CONTRACT FEE) and for
the Administrative Expense Charge are designed to reimburse the Company for the
cost of administration and related expenses and are not expected to be a source
of profit. The administrative functions and expense assumed by the Company in
connection with the Variable Account and the Contracts include, but are not
limited to, clerical, accounting, actuarial and legal services, rent, postage,
telephone, office equipment and supplies, expenses of preparing and printing
registration statements, expense of preparing and typesetting prospectuses and
the cost of printing prospectuses not allocable to sales expense, filing and
other fees.
OTHER CHARGES -- Because the Sub-Accounts hold shares of the Portfolios, the
value of the net assets of the Sub-Accounts will reflect the investment advisory
fee and other expenses incurred by the Portfolios. The Prospectus and Statement
of Additional Information of KINF contain additional information concerning
expenses of the Portfolios.
B. CONTRACT FEE.
A $35 Contract Fee currently is deducted on the Contract anniversary date
and upon full surrender of the Contract when the Accumulated Value is less than
$50,000. The Contract Fee is waived for Contracts issued to and maintained by
the Trustee of a 401(k) plan. Where Contract value has been allocated to more
than one account, a percentage of the total Contract Fee will be deducted from
the Value in each account. The portion of the charge deducted from each account
will be equal to the percentage which the Value in that account bears to the
Accumulated Value under the Contract. The deduction of the Contract Fee from a
Sub-Account will result in cancellation of a number of Accumulation Units equal
in value to the percentage of the charge deducted from that account.
C. PREMIUM TAXES.
Some states and municipalities impose a premium tax on variable annuity
Contracts. State premium taxes currently range up to 3.5%.
The Company makes a charge for state and municipal premium taxes, when
applicable, and deducts the amount paid as a premium tax charge. The current
practice of the Company is to deduct the premium tax charge in one of two ways:
20
<PAGE>
(1) if the premium tax was paid by the Company when payments were received,
the premium tax charge is deducted on a pro rata basis when withdrawals
are made, upon surrender of the Contract, or when annuity benefit
payments begin (the Company reserves the right instead to deduct the
premium tax charge for these Contracts at the time the payments are
received); or
(2) the premium tax charge is deducted when annuity benefit payments begin.
In no event will a deduction be taken before the Company has incurred a tax
liability under applicable state law. If no amount for premium tax was deducted
at the time the payment was received, but subsequently tax is determined to be
due prior to the Annuity Date, the Company reserves the right to deduct the
premium tax from the Contract value at the time such determination is made.
D. CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE.
No charge for sales expense is deducted from payments at the time the
payments are made. However, a contingent deferred sales charge is deducted from
the Accumulated Value of the Contract in the case of surrender and/or
withdrawals or at the time annuity benefit payments begin, within certain time
limits described below.
For purposes of determining the contingent deferred sales charge, the
Accumulated Value is divided into three categories: (1) New Payments -- payments
received by the Company during the six years preceding the date of the
surrender; (2) Old Payments -- Accumulated payments not defined as New Payments;
and (3) Earnings -- the amount of Contract Value in excess of all payments that
have not been previously surrendered. For purposes of determining the amount of
any contingent deferred sales charge, surrenders will be deemed to be taken
first from Old Payments, then from New Payments. Old Payments may be withdrawn
from the Contract at any time without the imposition of a contingent deferred
sales charge. If a withdrawal is attributable all or in part to New Payments, a
contingent deferred sales charge may apply.
An Owner may withdraw the greater of 100% of cumulative earnings or 15% of
the Accumulated Value in any calendar year without assessment of a Withdrawal
Charge. If the Owner withdraws an amount in excess of the Accumulated Value in
any calendar year, the amount withdrawn in excess of 15% is subject to a
Withdrawal Charge.
CHARGES FOR SURRENDER AND WITHDRAWALS -- If a Contract is surrendered or if
New Payments are withdrawn, while the Contract is in force and before the
Annuity Date, a contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed. This surrender
charge will never be applied to earnings. The amount of the charge will depend
upon the number of years that the New Payments, if any, to which the withdrawal
is attributed have remained credited under the Contract. Amounts withdrawn are
deducted first from Old Payments. Then, for the purpose of calculating surrender
charges for New Payments, all amounts withdrawn are assumed to be deducted first
from the earliest New Payment and then from the next earliest New Payment and so
on, until all New Payments have been exhausted pursuant to the
first-in-first-out ("FIFO") method of accounting. (See "FEDERAL TAX
CONSIDERATIONS" for a discussion of how withdrawals are treated for income tax
purposes.)
21
<PAGE>
The Contingent Deferred Sales Charges are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CHARGE AS PERCENTAGE
YEARS FROM DATE OF OF NEW
PAYMENT PAYMENTS WITHDRAWN
- ------------------------------------------------- -------------------------
<S> <C>
Less than 1...................................... 7%
2................................................ 6%
3................................................ 5%
4................................................ 4%
5................................................ 3%
6................................................ 2%
Thereafter....................................... 0%
</TABLE>
The amount withdrawn equals the amount requested by the Contract Owner plus
the charge, if any. The charge is applied as a percentage of the New Payments
withdrawn, but in no event will the total contingent deferred sales charge
exceed a maximum limit of 7% of total gross New Payments. Such total charge
equals the aggregate of all applicable contingent deferred sales charges for
surrender, withdrawals, and annuitization.
REDUCTION OR ELIMINATION OF SURRENDER CHARGE -- Where permitted by law, the
Company will waive the contingent deferred sales charge in the event that an
Owner (or the Annuitant, if the Owner is not an individual) is: (a) admitted to
a medical care facility after the issue date of the Contract and remains
confined there until the later of one year after the issue date or 90
consecutive days; (b) first diagnosed by a licensed physician as having a fatal
illness after the issue date of the Contract; (c) physically disabled after the
issue date of the Contract and before attaining age 65; or (d) commencing one
year after issue of the Contract, is confined to a hospice or receives home
health care services, with certification from a licensed physician that the
confinement to the hospice or receipt of home health care services is expected
to continue until death. The Company may require proof of such disability and
continuing disability, including written confirmation of receipt and approval of
any claim for Social Security Disability Benefits and reserves the right to
obtain an examination by a licensed physician of its choice and at its expense.
For purposes of the above provision, "medical care facility" means any state
licensed facility (or, in a state that does not require licensing) a facility
that is operating pursuant to state law, providing medically necessary inpatient
care which is prescribed by a licensed "physician" in writing and based on
physical limitations which prohibit daily living in a non-institutional setting;
"Fatal illness" means a condition diagnosed by a licensed physician which is
expected to result in death within two years of the diagnosis; and "physician"
means a person other than the Owner, Annuitant or a member of one of their
families who is state licensed to give medical care or treatment and is acting
within the scope of that license.
Where contingent deferred sales charges have been waived under any one of
three situations discussed above, no additional payments under this Contract
will be accepted.
In addition, from time to time the Company may allow a reduction in or
elimination of the contingent deferred sales charges, the period during which
the charges apply, or both, and/or credit additional amounts on Contracts, when
Contracts are sold to individuals or groups of individuals in a manner that
reduces sales expenses. The Company will consider factors such as the following:
(a) the size and type of group or class, and the persistency expected from that
group or class; (b) the total amount of payments to be received and the manner
in which payments are remitted; (c) the purpose for which the Contracts are
being purchased and whether that purpose makes it likely that costs and expenses
will be reduced; (d) other transactions where sales expenses are likely to be
reduced; or (e) the level of commissions paid to selling broker-dealers or
certain financial institutions
22
<PAGE>
with respect to Contracts within the same group or class (for example,
broker-dealers who offer this Contract in connection with financial planning
services offered on a fee for service basis). The Company may also reduce or
waive the contingent deferred sales charge, and/or credit additional amounts on
Contracts, where both the Contract Owner and the Annuitant on the date of issue
are within the following classes of individuals ("eligible persons"): employees
and registered representatives of any broker-dealer which has entered into a
Sales Agreement with the Company to sell the Contract; officers, directors,
trustees and employees of any of the Portfolios, investment managers or
sub-advisers; and the spouses of and immediate family members residing in the
same household with such eligible persons. "Immediate family members" means
children, siblings, parents and grandparents.
Any reduction or elimination in the amount or duration of the contingent
deferred sales charge will not discriminate unfairly between purchasers of this
Contract. The Company will not make any changes to this charge where prohibited
by law.
WITHDRAWAL WITHOUT SURRENDER CHARGE -- In each calendar year, including the
calendar year in which the Contract is issued, the Company will waive the
contingent deferred sales charge, if any, on an amount ("Withdrawal Without
Surrender Charge") equal to the greatest of (1), (2) or (3):
Where (1) is:
The Accumulated Value as of the Valuation Date coincident with or next
following the date of receipt of the request for withdrawal, reduced by
total gross payments not previously withdrawn ("Cumulative Earnings")
Where (2) is:
15% of the Accumulated Value as of the Valuation Date coincident with or
next following the date of receipt of the request for withdrawal, reduced by
the total amount of any prior withdrawals made in the same calendar year to
which no contingent deferred sales charge was applied.
Where (3) is:
The amount calculated under the Company's life expectancy distribution (see
"LED Distributions," below) whether or not the withdrawal was part of such
distribution (applies only if Annuitant is also an Owner)
For example, an 81 year old Owner/Annuitant with an Accumulated Value of
$15,000, of which $1,000 is Cumulative Earnings, would have a Free Withdrawal
Amount of $2,250, which is equal to the greatest of:
(1) Cumulative Earnings ($1,000);
(2) 15% of Accumulated Value ($2,250); or
(3) LED distribution of 10.2% of Accumulated Value ($1,530).
The Withdrawal Without Surrender Charge will first be deducted from
Cumulative Earnings. If the Withdrawal Without Surrender Charge exceeds
Cumulative Earnings, the excess amount will be deemed withdrawn from payments
not previously withdrawn on a last-in-first-out ("LIFO") basis. If more than one
withdrawal is made during the year, on each subsequent withdrawal the Company
will waive the contingent deferred sales load, if any, until the entire
Withdrawal Without Surrender Charge has been withdrawn. Amounts withdrawn from a
Guarantee Period Account prior to the end of the applicable Guarantee Period
will be subject to a Market Value Adjustment.
23
<PAGE>
LED DISTRIBUTION -- Prior to the Annuity Date a Contract Owner who is also
the Annuitant may elect to make a series of systematic withdrawals from the
Contract according to a life expectancy distribution ("LED") option, by
returning a properly signed LED request form to the Company's Principal Office.
The LED option permits the Contract Owner to make systematic withdrawals from
the Contract over his or her lifetime. The amount withdrawn from the Contract
changes each year, because life expectancy changes each year that a person
lives. For example, actuarial tables indicate that a person age 70 has a life
expectancy of 16 years, but a person who attains age 86 has a life expectancy of
another 6.5 years.
If a Contract Owner elects the LED option, in each calendar year a fraction
of the Accumulated Value is withdrawn based on the Contract Owner's then life
expectancy. The numerator of the fraction is 1 (one) and the denominator of the
fraction is the remaining life expectancy of the Contract Owner, as determined
annually by the Company. The resulting fraction, expressed as a percentage, is
applied to the Accumulated Value at the beginning of the year to determine the
amount to be distributed during the year. The Contract Owner may elect monthly,
bimonthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual distributions, and may terminate the
LED option at any time. The Contract Owner may also elect to receive
distributions under an LED option which is determined on the joint life
expectancy of the Contract Owner and a beneficiary. The Company may also offer
other systematic withdrawal options.
If a Contract Owner makes withdrawals under the LED distribution prior to
age 59 1/2, the withdrawals may be treated by the IRS as premature distributions
from the Contract. The payments would then be taxed on an "income first" basis,
and be subject to a 10% federal tax penalty. For more information, see "FEDERAL
TAX CONSIDERATIONS," "B. Taxation of the Contracts in General." The LED will
cease on the Annuity Date.
SURRENDERS -- In the case of a complete surrender, the amount received by
the Contract Owner is equal to the entire Accumulated Value under the Contract,
net of the applicable contingent deferred sales charge on New Payments, the
Contract Fee and any applicable tax withholding and adjusted for any applicable
Market Value Adjustment. Subject to the same rules applicable to withdrawals,
the Company will not assess a contingent deferred sales charge on an amount
equal to the greater of the Withdrawal Without Surrender Charge Amount,
described above, or the life expectancy distribution, if applicable.
Where a Contract Owner who is a trustee under a pension plan surrenders, in
whole or in part, a Contract on a terminating employee, the trustee will be
permitted to reallocate all or a part of the total Accumulated Value under the
Contract to other contracts issued by the Company and owned by the trustee, with
no deduction for any otherwise applicable contingent deferred sales charge. Any
such reallocation will be at the unit values for the Sub-Accounts as of the
valuation date on which a written, signed request is received at the Company's
Principal Office.
For further information on surrender and withdrawals, including minimum
limits on amount withdrawn and amount remaining under the Contract in the case
of withdrawals, and important tax considerations, see "Surrender" and
"Withdrawals" under "DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT" and see "FEDERAL TAX
CONSIDERATIONS."
CHARGE AT THE TIME ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS BEGIN -- If any commutable
period certain option or a non-commutable period certain option for less than 10
years is chosen, a contingent deferred sales charge will be deducted from the
Accumulated Value of the Contract if the Annuity Date occurs at any time when
the surrender charge would still apply had the Contract been surrendered on the
Annuity Date. (See discussion of Period Certain Variable Annuity under
"I. Description of Variable Annuity Option.")
24
<PAGE>
No contingent deferred sales charge is imposed at the time of annuitization
in any Contract year under an option involving a life contingency or for any
non-commutable period certain option for 10 years or more. However, a Market
Value Adjustment may apply. See "Guarantee Period Accounts."
If an owner of a fixed annuity Contract issued by the Company wishes to
elect a variable annuity option, the Company may permit such owner to exchange,
at the time of annuitization, the fixed Contract for a Contract offered in this
Prospectus. The proceeds of the fixed Contract, minus any contingent deferred
sales charge applicable under the fixed Contract if a period certain option is
chosen, will be applied towards the variable annuity option desired by the
owner. The number of Annuity Units under the option will be calculated using the
Annuity Unit values as of the 15th of the month preceding the Annuity Date.
E. TRANSFER CHARGE.
The Company currently makes no charge for processing transfers. The Company
guarantees that the first twelve transfers in a Contract Year will be free of
transfer charge, but reserves the right to assess a charge, guaranteed never to
exceed $25, for each subsequent transfer in a Contract Year.
The Contract Owner may have automatic transfers of at least $100 a month
made on a periodic basis (a) from the Sub-Accounts which invest in the Money
Market Portfolio or the Government Securities Portfolio or from the Fixed
Account to one or more of the other Sub-Accounts or (b) in order to reallocate
or rebalance Contract Value among the Sub-Accounts. The first automatic transfer
and all subsequent transfers of that request in the same contract year count as
one transfer towards the twelve transfers which are guaranteed to be free of a
transfer charge in each contract year. For more information, see "The Contract
Transfer Privilege."
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT
The Contracts are designed for use in connection with several types of
retirement plans as well as for sale to individuals. Participants under such
plans, as well as Contract Owners, Annuitants, and beneficiaries, are cautioned
that the rights of any person to any benefits under such Contracts may be
subject to the terms and conditions of the plans themselves, regardless of the
terms and conditions of the Contracts.
The Contracts offered by this Prospectus may be purchased from certain
independent broker-dealers, including representatives of Allmerica Investments,
Inc., the Principal Underwriter, which are registered under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and are members of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").
Contract Owners may direct any inquiries to Annuity Customer Services, First
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company, 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester,
Massachusetts 01653, 800-782-8380.
A. PAYMENTS.
The Company's underwriting requirements, which include receipt of the
initial payment and allocation instructions by the Company at its Principal
Office, must be met before a Contract can be issued. These requirements may also
include the proper completion of an application; however, where permitted, the
Company may issue a contract without completion of an application for certain
classes of annuity contracts. Payments are to be made payable to the Company. A
net payment is equal to the payment received less the amount of any applicable
premium tax.
The initial net payment will be credited to the Contract as of the date that
all issue requirements are properly met. If all issue requirements are not
complied with within five business days of the Company's receipt of the
25
<PAGE>
initial payment, the payment will be returned unless the Owner specifically
consents to the holding of the initial payment until completion of any
outstanding issue requirements. Subsequent payments will be credited as of the
Valuation Date received at the Principal Office.
Payments are not limited as to frequency and number, but there are certain
limitations as to amount. Currently, the initial payment must be at least
$2,000. Under a salary deduction or monthly automatic payment plan, the minimum
initial payment is $167. In all cases, each subsequent payment must be at least
$100. Where the contribution on behalf of an employee under an
employer-sponsored retirement plan is less than $600 but more than $300
annually, the Company may issue a contract on the employee, if the plan's
average annual contribution per eligible plan participant is at least $600. The
minimum allocation to a Guarantee Period Account is $1,000. If less than $1,000
is allocated to a Guarantee Period Account, the Company reserves the right to
apply that amount to the Money Market Portfolio.
Payments will be allocated among the accounts in the same proportion that
the initial net payment is allocated, or, if subsequently changed, according to
the most recent allocation instructions, except that any portion of the initial
net payment and of additional net payments received during the contracts's first
15 days measured from the date of issue, allocated to any Sub-Account and/or any
Guarantee Period Account, will be held in the Money Market Portfolio of KINF
until the end of the fifteen day period. Thereafter, these amounts will be
allocated as requested.
The Contract Owner may change allocation instructions for new payments
pursuant to a written or telephone request. If telephone requests are elected by
the Contract Owner, a properly completed authorization must be on file before
telephone requests will be honored. The Company will not be responsible for
losses resulting from acting upon telephone requests reasonably believed to be
genuine. The Company will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that
instructions communicated by telephone are genuine; otherwise, the Company may
be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. The
procedures the Company follows for transactions initiated by telephone include
requirements that callers on behalf of a Contract Owner identify themselves by
name and identify the Annuitant by name, date of birth and social security
number. All transfer instructions by telephone are tape recorded.
B. TRANSFER PRIVILEGE.
At any time prior to the Annuity Date a Contract Owner may have amounts
transferred among all accounts. Transfer values will be effected at the
Accumulation Value next computed after receipt of the transfer order. The
Company will make transfers pursuant to written or telephone requests. As
discussed in "A. Payments," a properly completed authorization form must be on
file before telephone requests will be honored.
Transfers to a Guarantee Period Account must be at least $1,000. If the
amount to be transferred to a Guarantee Period Account is less than $1,000, the
Company may transfer that amount to the Sub-Account which invests in the Money
Market Portfolio.
C. DOLLAR COST AVERAGING AND AUTOMATIC REBALANCING OPTIONS.
The Contract Owner may have automatic transfers of at least $100 a month
made on a periodic basis (a) from the Sub-Accounts which invest in the Money
Market Portfolio or the Government Securities Portfolio or from the Fixed
Account to one or more of the other Sub-Accounts ("Dollar Cost Averaging") or
(b) in order to reallocate or rebalance Contract Value among the Sub-Accounts
("Automatic Rebalancing Option"). The first
26
<PAGE>
automatic transfer and all subsequent transfers of that request in the same
contract year count as one transfer towards the twelve transfers which are
guaranteed to be free of a transfer charge in each contract year. The Dollar
Cost Averaging Option and the Automatic Rebalancing Option may not be in effect
at the same time.
Currently, the Company makes no charge for transfers. The first twelve (12)
transfers in a Contract year are guaranteed to be free of any charge. For each
subsequent transfer in a Contract year the Company reserves the right to assess
a charge, guaranteed never to exceed $25, to reimburse it for the expense of
processing transfers.
D. SURRENDER.
At any time prior to the Annuity Date, a Contract Owner may surrender the
Contract and receive its Accumulated Value, less applicable charges and adjusted
for any market value adjustment ("Surrender Amount"). The Contract Owner must
return the Contract and a signed, written request for surrender, satisfactory to
the Company, to the Company's Principal Office. The amount payable to the
Contract Owner upon surrender will be based on the Contract's Accumulated Value
as of the Valuation Date on which the request and the Contract are received at
the Company's Principal Office.
Before the Annuity Date, a contingent deferred sales charge may be deducted
when a Contract is surrendered if payments have been credited to the Contract
during the last six full contract years. See "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS." The
Contract Fee will be deducted upon surrender of the Contract.
After the Annuity Date, only Contracts under which future annuity benefit
payments are limited to a specified period (as specified in the Period Certain
Annuity Option ) may be surrendered. The Surrender Amount is the commuted value
of any unpaid installments, computed on the basis of the assumed interest rate
incorporated in such annuity benefit payments. No contingent deferred sales
charge is imposed after the Annuity Date.
Any amount surrendered is normally payable within seven days following the
Company's receipt of the surrender request. The Company reserves the right to
defer surrenders and withdrawals of amounts in each Sub-Account in any period
during which (1) trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted as
determined by the SEC or such Exchange is closed for other than weekends and
holidays, (2) the SEC has by order permitted such suspension, or (3) an
emergency, as determined by the SEC, exists such that disposal of portfolio
securities or valuation of assets of each separate account is not reasonably
practicable.
The right is reserved by the Company to defer surrenders and withdrawals of
amounts allocated to the Company's Fixed Account and Guarantee Period Accounts
for a period not to exceed six months.
The surrender rights of Contract Owners who are participants under Section
403(b) plans or who are participants in the Texas Optional Retirement Program
(Texas ORP) are restricted; see "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS," "I. Public School
Systems and Certain Tax Exempt Organizations" and "J. Texas Optional Retirement
Program."
For important tax consequences which may result from surrender, see "FEDERAL
TAX CONSIDERATIONS."
E. WITHDRAWALS.
At any time prior to the Annuity Date, a Contract Owner may withdraw a
portion of the Accumulated Value of his or her Contract, subject to the limits
stated below. The Contract Owner must file a signed, written request for
withdrawals, satisfactory to the Company, at the Company's Principal Office. The
written request must indicate the dollar amount the Contract Owner wishes to
receive and the accounts from which such amount is to be withdrawn. The contract
value following the withdrawal will reflect an amount withdrawn equal to the
27
<PAGE>
amount requested by the Contract Owner plus any applicable contingent deferred
sales charge, as described under "CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS." In addition, amounts
withdrawn from a Guarantee Period Account prior to the end of the applicable
Guarantee Period will be subject to a Market Value Adjustment, as described
under "GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS."
Where allocations have been made to more than one account, a percentage of
the withdrawal may be allocated to each such account. A withdrawal from a
Sub-Account will result in cancellation of a number of units equivalent in value
to the amount withdrawn, computed as of the Valuation Date that the request is
received at the Company's Principal Office.
Each withdrawal must be in a minimum amount of $100. No withdrawal will be
permitted if the Accumulated Value remaining under the Contract would be reduced
to less than $1,000. Withdrawals will be paid in accordance with the time
limitations described under "Surrender."
After the Annuity Date, only Contracts under which future variable annuity
benefit payments are limited to a specified period may be withdrawn. A
withdrawal after the Annuity Date will result in cancellation of a number of
Annuity Units equivalent in value to the amount withdrawn.
For important restrictions on withdrawals which are applicable to Contract
Owners who are participants under Section 403(b) plans or under the Texas ORP,
see "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS," "I. Public School Systems and Certain Tax
Exempt Organizations" and "J. Texas Optional Retirement Program."
For important tax consequences which may result from withdrawals, see
"FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS."
F. DEATH BENEFIT.
If the Annuitant dies (or a Contract Owner predeceases the Annuitant) prior
to the Annuity Date while the Contract is in force, the Company will pay the
Beneficiary a death benefit, except where the Contract continues as provided in
"F. THE SPOUSE OF THE CONTRACT OWNER AS BENEFICIARY."
Upon death of the Annuitant (including an Owner who is also the Annuitant),
the death benefit is equal to the greatest of (a) the Accumulated Value under
the Contract increased for any positive Market Value Adjustment, (b) gross
payments reduced proportionately to reflect withdrawals (for each withdrawal,
the proportionate reduction is calculated as the death benefit under this option
immediately prior to the withdrawal multiplied by the withdrawal amount and
divided by the Accumulated Value immediately prior to the withdrawal); or (c) or
the death benefit that would have been payable on the most recent contract
anniversary, increased for subsequent payments and reduced proportionately to
reflect withdrawals after that date.
If an Owner who is not also the Annuitant dies before the Annuity Date, the
death benefit will be the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market
Value Adjustment. The death benefit will never be reduced by a negative Market
Value Adjustment. The death benefit will generally be paid to the Beneficiary in
one sum within 7 days of the receipt of due proof of death unless the Owner has
specified a death benefit annuity option. Instead, the Beneficiary may, by
Written Request, elect to:
(a) defer distribution of the death benefit for a period no more than 5
years from the date of death; or
(b) receive a life annuity or an annuity for a period certain not extending
beyond the Beneficiary's life expectancy. Annuity benefit payments must
begin within one year from the date of death.
28
<PAGE>
If distribution of the death benefit is deferred under (a) or (b), any value
in the Guarantee Period Accounts will be transferred to the Sub-Account
investing in the Money Market Portfolio. The excess, if any, of the death
benefit over the Accumulated Value will also be added to the Money Market
Portfolio. The Beneficiary may, by Written Request, effect transfers and
withdrawals during the deferral period and prior to annuitization under (b), but
may not make additional payments. If there are multiple Beneficiaries, the
consent of all is required.
If the Annuitant's death occurs on or after the Annuity Date but before the
completion of all guaranteed annuity benefit payments, any unpaid amounts or
installments will be paid to the Beneficiary. The Company must pay the remaining
payments at least as rapidly as under the payment option in effect on the date
of the Annuitant's death.
With respect to any death benefit, the Accumulated Value under the Contract
will be based on the unit values next computed after due proof of the
Annuitant's death has been received at the Company's Principal Office. If the
beneficiary elects to receive the death benefit in one sum, the death benefit
will be paid within seven business days. If the beneficiary has not elected an
annuity option within one year from the date notice of death is received by the
Company, the Company will pay the death benefit in one sum. The death benefit
will reflect any earnings or losses experienced during the period and any
withdrawals.
G. THE SPOUSE OF THE CONTRACT OWNER AS BENEFICIARY.
The Contract Owner's spouse, if named as the sole primary beneficiary, may
by written request continue the Contract in lieu of receiving the amount payable
upon death of the Contract Owner. Upon such election, the spouse will become the
Owner and Annuitant subject to the following: (a) any value in the Guarantee
Period Accounts will be transferred to the Money Market Sub-Account; (b) the
excess, if any, of the death benefit over the Contract's Accumulated Value will
also be added to the Money Market Sub-Account. Additional payments may be made;
however, a surrender charge will apply to these amounts. All other rights and
benefits provided in the Contract will continue, except that any subsequent
spouse of such new Contract Owner will not be entitled to continue the Contract
upon such new Owner's death.
H. ASSIGNMENT.
The Contracts, other than those sold in connection with certain qualified
plans, may be assigned by the Contract Owner at any time prior to the Annuity
Date and while the Annuitant is alive (see "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS"). The
Company will not be deemed to have knowledge of an assignment unless it is made
in writing and filed at the Principal Office. The Company will not assume
responsibility for determining the validity of any assignment. If an assignment
of the Contract is in effect on the Annuity Date, the Company reserves the right
to pay to the assignee, in one sum, that portion of the Surrender Value of the
Contract to which the assignee appears to be entitled. The Company will pay the
balance, if any, in one sum to the Contract Owner in full settlement of all
liability under the Contract. The interest of the Contract Owner and of any
beneficiary will be subject to any assignment.
I. ELECTING THE FORM OF ANNUITY AND THE ANNUITY DATE.
Subject to certain restrictions described below, the Contract Owner has the
right (1) to select the annuity option under which annuity benefit payments are
to be made, and (2) to determine whether payments are to be made on a fixed
basis, a variable basis, or a combination fixed and variable basis. Annuity
benefit payments are determined according to the annuity tables in the Contract,
by the annuity option selected, and by the investment performance of the
Account(s) selected.
29
<PAGE>
To the extent a fixed annuity payout is selected, Accumulated Value will be
transferred to the Fixed Account of the Company, and the annuity benefit
payments will be fixed in amount. See APPENDIX A, "MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE
FIXED ACCOUNT."
Under a variable annuity, a payment equal to the value of the fixed number
of Annuity Units in the Sub-Account(s) is made monthly, quarterly, semiannually
or annually. Since the value of an Annuity Unit in a Sub-Account will reflect
the investment performance of the Sub-Account, the amount of each annuity
benefit payment will vary.
The annuity option selected must produce an initial payment of at least $50
(a lower amount may be required in some states). The Company reserves the right
to increase this minimum amount. If the annuity option(s) selected does not
produce an initial payment which meet this minimum, a single payment will be
made. Once the Company begins making annuity benefit payments, the Annuitant
cannot make withdrawals or surrender the annuity benefit, except in the case
where future annuity benefit payments are limited to a "period certain." Only
beneficiaries entitled to receive remaining payments for a "period certain" may
elect to instead receive a lump sum settlement.
The Annuity Date is selected by the Contract Owner. To the extent permitted
in your state, the Annuity Date may be the first day of any month (a) before the
Annuitant's 85th birthday, if the Annuitant's age at the date of issue of the
Contract is 75 or under, or (b) within 10 years from the date of issue of the
Contract and before the Annuitant's 90th birthday, if the Annuitant's age at the
date of issue is between 76 and 90. The Contract Owner may elect to change the
Annuity Date by sending a request to the Company's Principal Office at least one
month before the new Annuity date. The new Annuity Date must be the first day of
any month occurring before the Annuitant's 90th birthday and must be within the
life expectancy of the Annuitant. The Company shall determine such life
expectancy at the time a change in Annuity Date is requested. The Code and the
terms of qualified plans impose limitations on the age at which annuity benefit
payments may commence and the type of annuity option selected. See "FEDERAL TAX
CONSIDERATIONS" for further information.
If the Contract Owner does not elect otherwise, a variable life annuity with
periodic payments for 10 years guaranteed will be purchased. Changes in either
the Annuity Date or annuity option can be made up to one month prior to the
Annuity Date.
J. DESCRIPTION OF VARIABLE ANNUITY OPTIONS.
The Company provides the variable annuity options described below.
Currently, Variable annuity options may be funded through the Sub-Accounts
investing in the Investment Grade Bond, Value+Growth, Horizon 10+ and Horizon 5
Portfolios. The Company also provides these same options funded through the
Fixed Account (fixed-amount annuity option). Regardless of how payments were
allocated during the accumulation period, any of the variable annuity options or
the fixed-amount options may be selected, or any of the variable annuity options
may be selected in combination with any of the fixed-amount annuity options.
Other annuity options may be offered by the Company.
VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS GUARANTEED FOR 10 YEARS -- This variable
annuity is payable periodically during the lifetime of the payee with the
guarantee that if the payee should die before all payments have been made, the
remaining annuity benefit payments will continue to the beneficiary.
VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY PAYABLE PERIODICALLY DURING THE LIFETIME OF THE PAYEE
ONLY -- It would be possible under this option for the Annuitant to receive only
one annuity benefit payment if the Annuitant dies prior to the
30
<PAGE>
due date of the second annuity benefit payment, two annuity benefit payments if
the Annuitant dies before the due date of the third annuity benefit payment, and
so on. However, payments will continue during the lifetime of the payee, no
matter how long the payee lives.
UNIT REFUND VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY -- This is an annuity payable periodically
during the lifetime of the payee with the guarantee that if (1) exceeds (2) then
periodic variable annuity benefit payments will continue to the beneficiary
until the number of such payments equals the number determined in (1).
Where: (1) is the dollar amount of the Accumulated Value divided by the
dollar amount of the first payment, and
(2) is the number of payments paid prior to the death of the
payee,
JOINT AND SURVIVOR VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY -- This variable annuity is payable
jointly to two payees during their joint lifetime, and then continues thereafter
during the lifetime of the survivor. The amount of each payment to the survivor
is based on the same number of Annuity Units which applied during the joint
lifetime of the two payees. One of the payees must be either the person
designated as the Annuitant in the Contract or the beneficiary. There is no
minimum number of payments under this option.
JOINT AND TWO-THIRDS SURVIVOR VARIABLE LIFE ANNUITY -- This variable annuity
is payable jointly to two payees during their joint lifetime, and then continues
thereafter during the lifetime of the survivor. However, the amount of each
periodic payment to the survivor is based upon two-thirds of the number of
Annuity Units which applied during the joint lifetime of the two payees. One of
the payees must be the person designated as the Annuitant in the Contract or the
beneficiary. There is no minimum number of payments under this option.
PERIOD CERTAIN VARIABLE ANNUITY -- This variable annuity has periodic
payments for a stipulated number of years ranging from one to thirty. This
option may be commutable, that is, the payee reserves the right to receive a
lump sum in place of installments, or it becomes non-commutable. The payee must
reserve this right at the time benefits begin.
It should be noted that the Period Certain Option does not involve a life
contingency. In the computation of the payments under this option, the charge
for annuity rate guarantees, which includes a factor for mortality risks, is
made. Although not contractually required to do so, the Company currently
follows a practice of permitting persons receiving payments under the Period
Certain Option to elect to convert to a variable annuity involving a life
contingency. The Company may discontinue or change this practice at any time,
but not with respect to election of the option made prior to the date of any
change in this practice. See "FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS" for a discussion of
the possible adverse tax consequences of selecting a Period Certain Option.
K. NORRIS DECISION.
In the case of ARIZONA GOVERNING COMMITTEE V. NORRIS, the United States
Supreme Court ruled that, in connection with retirement benefit options offered
under certain employer-sponsored employee benefit plans, annuity options based
on sex-distinct actuarial tables are not permissible under Title VII of the
Civil Rights Act of 1964. The ruling requires that benefits derived from
contributions paid into a plan after August 1, 1983 be calculated without regard
to the sex of the employee. Annuity benefits attributable to payments received
by the Company under a Contract issued in connection with an employer-sponsored
benefit plan affected by the NORRIS
31
<PAGE>
decision will be based on the greater of (1) the Company's unisex Non-Guaranteed
Current Annuity Option Rates or (2) the guaranteed unisex rates described in
such Contract, regardless of whether the Annuitant is male or female.
L. COMPUTATION OF VALUES AND ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS.
THE ACCUMULATION UNIT -- Each net payment is allocated to the account(s)
selected by the Contract Owner. Allocations to the Sub-Accounts are credited to
the Contract in the form of Accumulation Units. Accumulation Units are credited
separately for each Sub-Account. The number of Accumulation Units of each
Sub-Account credited to the Contract is equal to the portion of the net payment
allocated to the Sub-Account, divided by the dollar value of the applicable
Accumulation Unit as of the Valuation Date the payment is received in good order
at the Company's Principal Office. The number of Accumulation Units resulting
from each payment will remain fixed unless changed by a subsequent split of
Accumulation Unit value, a transfer, a withdrawal, or surrender. The dollar
value of an Accumulation Unit of each Sub-Account varies from Valuation Date to
Valuation Date based on the investment experience of that Sub-Account and will
reflect the investment performance, expenses and charges of its Portfolios. The
value of an Accumulation Unit was set at $1.00 on the first Valuation Date for
each Sub-Account.
Allocations to Guarantee Period Accounts and the Fixed Account are not
converted into Accumulation Units, but are credited interest at a rate
periodically set by the Company. See Appendix B.
The Accumulated Value under the Contract is determined by (1) multiplying
the number of Accumulation Units in each Sub-Account by the value of an
Accumulation Unit of that Sub-Account on the Valuation Date, (2) adding the
products, and (3) adding the amount of the accumulations in the Fixed Account
and Guarantee Period Accounts, if any.
NET INVESTMENT FACTOR -- The Net Investment Factor is an index that measures
the investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the
next. This factor is equal to 1.000000 plus the result from dividing (a) by (b)
and subtracting (c) and (d) where:
(a) is the investment income of a Sub-Account for the Valuation Period,
including realized or unrealized capital gains and losses during the
Valuation Period, adjusted for provisions made for taxes, if any;
(b) is the value of that Sub-Account's assets at the beginning of the
Valuation Period;
(c) is a charge for mortality and expense risks equal to 1.25% on an
annual basis of the daily value of the Sub-Account's assets, and
(d) is an administrative charge of 0.15% on an annual basis of the daily
value of the Sub-Account's assets.
The dollar value of an Accumulation Unit as of a given Valuation Date is
determined by multiplying the dollar value of the corresponding Accumulation
Unit as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date by the appropriate net
investment factor. For an illustration of Accumulation Unit calculation using a
hypothetical example see "ANNUITY PAYMENTS" in the SAI.
THE ANNUITY UNIT -- On and after the Annuity Date the Annuity Unit is a
measure of the value of the Annuitant's monthly annuity benefit payments under a
variable annuity option. The value of an Annuity Unit in each Sub-Account
initially was set at $1.00. The value of an Annuity Unit under a Sub-Account on
any Valuation Date thereafter is equal to the value of such unit on the
immediately preceding Valuation Date, multiplied by the
32
<PAGE>
product of (1) the net investment factor of the Sub-Account for the current
Valuation Period and (2) a factor to adjust benefits to neutralize the assumed
interest rate. The assumed interest rate, discussed below, is incorporated in
the variable annuity options offered in the Contract.
DETERMINATION OF THE FIRST AND SUBSEQUENT ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS -- The
first periodic annuity benefit payment is based upon the Accumulated Value as of
a date not more than four weeks preceding the date that the first annuity
benefit payment is due. Currently, variable annuity benefit payments are made on
the first of a month based on unit values as of the 15th day of the preceding
month.
The Contract provides annuity rates which determine the dollar amount of the
first periodic payment under each form of annuity for each $1,000 of applied
value. For Life Option and Noncommutable Period Certain Options of 10 or more
years, the annuity value is the Accumulated Value less any premium taxes and
adjusted for any Market Value Adjustment. For commutable period certain options
or any period certain option less than 10 years, the value is surrender value
less any premium tax. For a death benefit annuity, the annuity value will be the
amount of the death benefit. The annuity rates in the Contract are based on a
modification of the 1983(a) Individual Mortality Table on rates.
The amount of the first monthly payment depends upon the form of annuity
selected, the sex (however, see "J. NORRIS Decision") and age of the Annuitant
and the value of the amount applied under the annuity option. The variable
annuity options offered by the Company are based on a 3 1/2% assumed interest
rate. Variable payments are affected by the assumed interest rate used in
calculating the annuity option rates. Variable annuity benefit payments will
increase over periods when the actual net investment result of the
Sub-Account(s) funding the annuity exceeds the equivalent of the assumed
interest rate for the period. Variable annuity benefit payments will decrease
over periods when the actual net investment result of the respective Sub-Account
is less than the equivalent of the assumed interest rate for the period.
The dollar amount of the first periodic annuity benefit payment under life
annuity options and non-commutable period certain options of 10 years or more is
determined by multiplying (1) the Accumulated Value applied under that option
(after application of any Market Value Adjustment and less premium tax, if any)
divided by $1,000, by (2) the applicable amount of the first monthly payment per
$1,000 of value. For commutable period certain options and any period certain
option of less than 10 years, the Surrender Value less premium taxes, if any, is
used rather than the Accumulated Value. The dollar amount of the first variable
annuity benefit payment is then divided by the value of an Annuity Unit of the
selected Sub-Account(s) to determine the number of Annuity Units represented by
the first payment. This number of Annuity Units remains fixed under all annuity
options except the joint and two-thirds survivor annuity option. For each
subsequent payment, the dollar amount of the variable annuity benefit payment is
determined by multiplying this fixed number of Annuity Units by the value of an
Annuity unit on the applicable Valuation Date.
After the first benefit payment, the dollar amount of each periodic variable
annuity benefit payment will vary with subsequent variations in the value of the
Annuity Unit of the selected Sub-Account(s). The dollar amount of each fixed
amount annuity benefit payment is fixed and will not change, except under the
joint and two-thirds survivor annuity option.
The Company may from time to time offer its Contract Owners both fixed and
variable annuity rates more favorable than those contained in the Contract. Any
such rates will be applied uniformly to all Contract Owners of the same class.
33
<PAGE>
For an illustration of variable annuity benefit payment calculation using a
hypothetical example, see "ANNUITY PAYMENTS" in the SAI.
GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS
Due to certain exemptive and exclusionary provisions in the securities laws,
interests in the Guarantee Period Accounts and the Company's Fixed Account are
not registered as an investment company under the provisions of the Securities
Act of 1933 or the Investment Company Act of 1940. Accordingly, the staff of the
Commission has not reviewed the disclosures in this Prospectus relating to the
Guarantee Period Accounts or the Fixed Account. Nevertheless, disclosures
regarding the Guarantee Period Accounts and the Fixed Account of this annuity
Contract or any benefits offered under these accounts may be subject to the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the accuracy and
completeness of statements made in the Prospectus.
INVESTMENT OPTIONS -- In most jurisdictions, there are currently nine
Guarantee Periods available under this Contract with durations of two, three,
four, five, six, seven, eight, nine and 10 years. Each Guarantee Period Account
established for the Contract Owner is accounted for separately in a non-unitized
segregated account. Each Guarantee Period Account provides for the accumulation
of interest at a Guaranteed Interest Rate. The Guaranteed Interest Rate on
amounts allocated or transferred to a Guarantee Period Account is determined
from time-to-time by the Company in accordance with market conditions; however,
once an interest rate is in effect for a Guarantee Period Account, the Company
may not change it during the duration of the Guarantee Period. In no event will
the Guaranteed Interest Rate be less than 3%.
To the extent permitted by law, the Company reserves the right at any time
to offer Guarantee Periods with durations that differ from those which were
available when a Contract was initially issued and to stop accepting new
allocations, transfers or renewals to a particular Guarantee Period.
Contract Owners may allocate net payments or make transfers from any of the
Sub-Accounts, the Fixed Account or an existing Guarantee Period Account to
establish a new Guarantee Period Account at any time prior to the Annuity Date.
Transfers from a Guarantee Period Account on any date other than on the day
following the expiration of that Guarantee Period will be subject to a Market
Value Adjustment. The Company establishes a separate investment account each
time the Contract Owner allocates or transfers amounts to a Guarantee Period
Account except that amounts allocated to the same Guarantee Period on the same
day will be treated as one Guarantee Period Account. The minimum that may be
allocated to establish a Guarantee Period Account is $1,000. If less than $1,000
is allocated, the Company reserves the right to apply that amount to the Money
Market Portfolio. The Contract Owner may allocate amounts to any of the
Guarantee Periods available.
At least 45 days, but not more than 75 days prior to the end of a Guarantee
Period, the Company will notify the Contract Owner in writing of the expiration
of that Guarantee Period. At the end of a Guarantee Period the Owner may
transfer amounts to the Sub-Accounts, the Fixed Account or establish a new
Guarantee Period Account of any duration then offered by the Company without a
Market Value Adjustment. If reallocation instructions are not received at the
Principal Office before the end of a Guarantee Period, the account value will be
automatically applied to a new Guarantee Period Account with the same duration
unless (1) less than $1,000 would remain in the Guarantee Period Account on the
expiration date, or (2) unless the Guarantee Period would extend beyond the
Annuity Date or is no longer available. In such cases, the Guarantee Period
Account value will be transferred to the Money Market Portfolio. Where amounts
have been automatically renewed in a new Guarantee Period, it is the Company's
current practice to give the Owner an additional 30 days to transfer out of the
Guarantee Period Account without application of a Market Value adjustment.
34
<PAGE>
MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT -- No Market Value Adjustment will be applied to
transfers, withdrawals, or a surrender from a Guarantee Period Account on the
expiration of its Guarantee Period. In addition, no negative Market Value
Adjustment will be applied to a death benefit although a positive Market Value
Adjustment, if any, will be applied to increase the value of the death benefit
when based on the Contract's Accumulated Value. See "Death Benefit." A Market
Value Adjustment will apply to all other transfers, withdrawals, or a surrender.
Amounts applied under an annuity option are treated as withdrawals when
calculating the Market Value Adjustment. The Market Value Adjustment will be
determined by multiplying the amount taken from each Guarantee Period Account
before deduction of any Surrender Charge by the market value factor. The market
value factor for each Guarantee Period Account is equal to:
[(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365 -1
where:
i is the Guaranteed Interest Rate expressed as a decimal (for example:
3% = 0.03) being credited to the current Guarantee Period;
j is the new Guaranteed Interest Rate, expressed as a decimal, for a
Guarantee Period with a duration equal to the number of years
remaining in the current Guarantee Period, rounded to the next higher
number of whole years. If that rate is not available, the Company will
use a suitable rate or index allowed by the Department of Insurance;
and
n is the number of days remaining from the Effective Valuation Date to
the end of the current Guarantee Period.
If the Guaranteed Interest Rate being credited is lower than the new
Guaranteed Interest Rate, the Market Value Adjustment will decrease the
Guarantee Period Account value. Similarly, if the Guaranteed Interest Rate being
credited is higher than the new Guaranteed Interest Rate, the Market Value
Adjustment will increase the Guarantee Period Account value. The Market Value
Adjustment will never result in a change to the value more than the interest
earned in excess of the Minimum Guarantee Period Account Interest Rate (see
Specifications page) compounded annually from the beginning of the current
Guarantee Period. For examples of how the Market Value Adjustment works, See
Appendix B.
PROGRAM TO PROTECT PRINCIPAL AND PROVIDE GROWTH POTENTIAL -- Under this
feature, the Owner elects a Guarantee Period and one or more Sub-Accounts. The
Company will then compute the proportion of the initial payment that must be
allocated to the Guarantee Period selected, assuming no transfers or
withdrawals, in order to ensure that on the last day of the Guarantee Period it
will equal the amount of the entire initial payment. The required amount is then
allocated to the pre-selected Guarantee Period Account. The balance of the
initial payment is allocated among the other investment options selected by the
Owner as described in "A. PAYMENTS."
WITHDRAWALS -- Prior to the Annuity Date, the Contract Owner may make
withdrawals of amounts held in the Guarantee Period Accounts. Withdrawals from
these accounts will be made in the same manner and be subject to the same rules
as set forth under "Withdrawals" and "Surrender." In addition, the following
provisions also apply to withdrawals from a Guarantee Period Account: a) a
Market Value Adjustment will apply to all withdrawals, including Withdrawals
without Surrender Charge, unless made at the end of the Guarantee Period; and b)
the Company reserves the right to defer payments of amounts withdrawn from a
Guarantee Period Account for up to six months from the date it receives the
withdrawal request. If deferred for 30 days or more, the Company will pay
interest on the amount deferred at a rate of at least 3%.
35
<PAGE>
In the event that a Market Value Adjustment applies to a withdrawal of a
portion of the value of a Guarantee Period Account, it will be calculated on the
amount requested and deducted or added to the amount remaining in the Guarantee
Period Account. If the entire amount in a Guarantee Period Account is requested,
the adjustment will be made to the amount payable. If a Contingent Deferred
Sales Charge applies to the withdrawal, it will be calculated as set forth under
"Contingent Deferred Sales Charge" after application of the Market Value
Adjustment.
FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The effect of federal income taxes on the value of a Contract, on
withdrawals or surrenders, on annuity benefit payments, and on the economic
benefit to the Contract Owner, Annuitant, or beneficiary depends upon a variety
of factors. The following discussion is based upon the Company's understanding
of current federal income tax laws as they are interpreted as of the date of
this Prospectus. No representation is made regarding the likelihood of
continuation of current federal income tax laws or of current interpretations by
the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).
IT SHOULD BE RECOGNIZED THAT THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION OF FEDERAL INCOME TAX
ASPECTS OF AMOUNTS RECEIVED UNDER VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE,
DOES NOT PURPORT TO COVER ALL SITUATIONS AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. A
QUALIFIED TAX ADVISER SHOULD ALWAYS BE CONSULTED WITH REGARD TO THE APPLICATION
OF LAW TO INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES.
The Company intends to make a charge for any effect which the income,
assets, or existence of the Contracts, the Variable Account or the Sub-Accounts
may have upon its tax. The Variable Account presently is not subject to tax, but
the Company reserves the right to assess a charge for taxes should the Variable
Account at any time become subject to tax. Any charge for taxes will be assessed
on a fair and equitable basis in order to preserve equity among classes of
Contract Owners and with respect to each separate account as though that
separate account were a separate taxable entity.
The Variable Account is considered a part of and taxed with the operations
of the Company. The Company is taxed as a life insurance company under
subchapter L of the Code. The Company files a consolidated tax return with its
affiliates.
The Internal Revenue Service has issued regulations relating to the
diversification requirements for variable annuity and variable life insurance
contracts under Section 817(h) of the Code. The regulations provide that the
investments of a segregated asset account underlying a variable annuity contract
are adequately diversified if no more than 55% of the value of its assets is
represented by any one investment, no more than 70% by any two investments, no
more than 80% by any three investments, and no more than 90% by any four
investments. If the investments are not adequately diversified, the income on a
contract, for any taxable year of the Contract Owner, would be treated as
ordinary income received or accrued by the Contract Owner. It is anticipated
that the Portfolios will comply with the diversification requirements.
A. QUALIFIED AND NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS.
From a federal tax viewpoint there are two types of variable annuity
Contracts, "qualified" Contracts and "non-qualified" Contracts. A qualified
Contract is one that is purchased in connection with a retirement plan which
meets the requirements of Sections 401, 403, 408, or 457 of the Code, while a
non-qualified Contract is one that is not purchased in connection with one of
the indicated retirement plans. The tax treatment for certain
36
<PAGE>
withdrawals or surrenders will vary according to whether they are made from a
qualified Contract or a non-qualified Contract. For more information on the tax
provisions applicable to qualified Contracts, see Sections D through J, below.
B. TAXATION OF THE CONTRACTS IN GENERAL.
The Company believes that the Contracts described in this Prospectus will,
with certain exceptions (see K below), be considered annuity contracts under
Section 72 of the Code. This section provides for the taxation of annuities. The
following discussion concerns annuities subject to Section 72. Section
72(e)(11)(A)(ii) requires that all non-qualified deferred annuity contracts
issued by the same insurance company to the same Contract Owner during the same
calendar year be treated as a single contract in determining taxable
distributions under Section 72(e).
With certain exceptions, any increase in the Accumulated Value of the
Contract is not taxable to the Contract Owner until it is withdrawn from the
Contract. If the Contract is surrendered or amounts are withdrawn prior to the
Annuity Date, withdrawal of any investment gain in value over the cost basis of
the Contract would be taxed as ordinary income. Under the current provisions of
the Code, amounts received under a non-qualified Contract prior to the Annuity
Date (including payments made upon the death of the Annuitant or Contract
Owner), or as non-periodic payments after the Annuity Date, are generally first
attributable to any investment gains credited to the Contract over the
taxpayer's basis (if any) in the Contract. Such amounts will be treated as
income subject to federal income taxation.
A 10% penalty tax may be imposed on the withdrawal of investment gains if
the withdrawal is made prior to age 59 1/2. The penalty tax will not be imposed
after age 59 1/2, or if the withdrawal follows the death of the Contract Owner
(or, if the Contract Owner is not an individual, the death of the primary
Annuitant, as defined in the Code), or in the case of the "total disability" (as
defined in the Code) of the Owner. Furthermore, under Section 72 of the Code,
this penalty tax will not be imposed, irrespective of age, if the amount
received is one of a series of "substantially equal" periodic payments made at
least annually for the life or life expectancy of the payee. This requirement is
met when the Contract Owner elects to have distributions made over the Contract
Owner's life expectancy, or over the joint life expectancy of the Contract Owner
and beneficiary. The requirement that the amount be paid out as one of a series
of "substantially equal" periodic payments is met when the number of units
withdrawn to make each distribution is substantially the same.
In a Private Letter Ruling, the IRS took the position that where
distributions from a variable annuity contract were determined by amortizing the
Accumulated Value of the contract over the taxpayer's remaining life expectancy
(such as under the Contract's life expectancy distribution ("LED") option), and
the option could be changed or terminated at any time, the distributions failed
to qualify as part of a "series of substantially equal payments" within the
meaning of Section 72 of the Code. The distributions were therefore subject to
the 10% federal penalty tax. This Private Letter Ruling may be applicable to a
Contract Owner who receives distributions under the LED option prior to age 59 .
Subsequent private letter rulings, however, have treated LED-type withdrawal
programs as effectively avoiding the 10% penalty tax. The position of the IRS on
this issue is unclear.
If the Contract Owner transfers (assigns) the Contract to another individual
as a gift prior to the Annuity Date, the Code provides that the Contract Owner
will incur taxable income at the time of the transfer. An exception is provided
for certain transfers between spouses. The amount of taxable income upon such
taxable transfer is equal to the excess, if any, of the Surrender Value of the
Contract over the Contract Owner's cost basis at the time of the transfer. The
transfer is also subject to federal gift tax provisions. Where the Contract
Owner and Annuitant are different persons, the change of ownership of the
Contract to the Annuitant on the Annuity
37
<PAGE>
Date, as required under the Contract, is a gift and will be taxable to the
Contract Owner as such; however, the Contract Owner will not incur taxable
income. Instead, the Annuitant will incur taxable income upon receipt of annuity
benefit payments as discussed below.
When annuity benefit payments are commenced under the Contract, generally a
portion of each payment may be excluded from gross income. The excludable
portion is generally determined by a formula that establishes the ratio that the
cost basis of the Contract bears to the expected return under the Contract. The
portion of the payment in excess of this excludable amount is taxable as
ordinary income. Once all cost basis in the Contract is recovered, the entire
payment is taxable. If the Annuitant dies before cost basis is recovered, a
deduction for the difference is allowed on the Annuitant's final tax return.
C. TAX WITHHOLDING AND PENALTIES.
The Code requires withholding with respect to payments or distributions from
nonqualified contracts and IRAs, unless a taxpayer elects not to have
withholding. A 20% withholding requirement applies to distributions from most
other qualified contracts. In addition, the Code requires reporting to the IRS
of the amount of income received with respect to payment or distributions from
annuities.
In certain situations, the Code provides for a tax penalty if, prior to
death, disability or attainment of age 59 1/2, a Contract Owner makes a
withdrawal or receives any amount under the Contract, unless the distribution is
in the form of a life annuity (including life expectancy distributions). The
penalty is 10% of the amount includible in income by the Contract Owner.
The tax treatment of certain withdrawals or surrenders of the non-qualified
Contracts offered by this Prospectus will vary according to whether the amount
withdrawn or surrendered is allocable to an investment in the Contract made
before or after certain dates.
D. PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO QUALIFIED EMPLOYER PLANS.
The tax rules applicable to qualified employer plans, as defined by the
Code, vary according to the type of plan and the terms and conditions of the
plan itself. Therefore, the following is general information about the use of
the Contracts with various types of qualified plans. The rights of any person to
any benefits under such qualified plans will be subject to the terms and
conditions of the qualified plans themselves regardless of the terms and
conditions of the Contract.
A loan to a participant or beneficiary from plans qualified under Sections
401 and 403 or an assignment or pledge of an interest in such a plan is
generally treated as a distribution. This general rule does not apply to loans
which contain certain repayment terms and do not exceed a specified maximum
amount, as required under Section 72(p).
E. QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION AND PROFIT SHARING TRUSTS AND QUALIFIED ANNUITY
PLANS.
When an employee (including a self-employed individual) or one or more of
the employee's beneficiaries receives a "lump sum" distribution (a distribution
from a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) within one taxable year
equal to the total amount payable with respect to such an employee) the taxable
portion of such distribution may qualify for special treatment under a special
five-year income averaging provision of the Code. The employee must have had at
least 5 years of participation under the plan, and the lump sum distribution
must be made after the employee has attained age 59 1/2 or on account of his or
her death, separation from the
38
<PAGE>
employer's service (in the case of a common-law employee) or disability (in the
case of a self-employed individual). Such treatment can be elected for only one
taxable year once the individual has reached age 59 1/2. An employee who
attained age 50 before January 1, 1986 may elect to treat part of the taxable
portion of a lump-sum distribution as long-term capital gains and may also elect
10-year averaging instead of five-year averaging.
The Company can provide prototype plans for certain of the pension or profit
sharing plans for review by your legal counsel. For information, ask your
financial representative.
F. SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUALS.
The Self-Employed Individuals Tax Retirement Act of 1962, as amended,
frequently referred to as "H.R. 10," allows self-employed individuals and
partners to establish qualified pension and profit sharing trusts and annuity
plans to provide benefits for themselves and their employees.
These plans generally are subject to the same rules and requirements
applicable to corporate qualified plans, with some special restrictions imposed
on "owner-employees." An "owner-employee" is an employee who (1) owns the entire
interest in an unincorporated trade or business, or (2) owns more than 10% of
either the capital interest or profits interest in a partnership.
G. INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT PLANS.
Any individual who earns "compensation" (as defined in the Code and
including alimony payable under a court decree) from employment or
self-employment, whether or not he or she is covered by another qualified plan,
may establish an Individual Retirement Account or Annuity plan ("IRA") for the
accumulation of retirement savings on a tax-deferred basis. Income from
investments is not included in "compensation." The assets of an IRA may be
invested in, among other things, annuity Contracts including the Contracts
offered by this Prospectus.
Contributions to the IRA may be made by the individual or on behalf of the
individual by an employer. IRA contributions may be deductible up to the lesser
of (1) $2,000 or (2) 100% of compensation. The deduction is reduced
proportionately for adjusted gross income between $40,000 and $50,000 (between
$25,000 and $35,000 for unmarried taxpayers and between $0 and $10,000 for a
married taxpayer filing separately) if the taxpayer and his or her spouse file a
joint return and either is an active participant in an employer sponsored
retirement plan.
An individual and a working spouse each may have an IRA with the
above-described limit on each. For the 1996 tax year, an individual with an IRA
may establish an additional IRA for a non-working spouse if they file a joint
return. Contributions to the two IRAs together are deductible up to the lesser
of $2,250 or 100% of compensation. Effective for the 1997 tax year and
thereafter, an individual may establish a spousal IRA if the spouse's
compensation is less than the individual's and they file a joint return. The
maximum contributions to the two IRA's is the lesser of $4,000 or 100% of
combined income.
No deduction is allowed for contributions made for the year in which the
individual attains age 70 1/2 and years thereafter. Contributions for that year
and for years thereafter will result in certain adverse tax consequences.
Non-deductible contributions may be made to IRAs until the year in which the
individual attains age 70 1/2. Although these contributions may not be deducted,
taxes on their earnings are deferred until the earnings are distributed. The
maximum permissible non-deductible contribution is $2,000 for an individual
taxpayer and $2,250 for a taxpayer and non-working spouse. These limits are
reduced by the amount of any deductible contributions made by the taxpayer.
39
<PAGE>
Contributions may be made with respect to a particular year until the due
date of the individual's federal income tax return for that year, not including
extensions. However, for reporting purposes, the Company will regard
contributions as being applicable to the year made unless it receives notice to
the contrary.
All annuity benefit payments and other distributions under an IRA will be
taxed as ordinary income unless the owner has made non-deductible contributions.
In addition, a minimum level of distributions must begin no later than April 1
following the year in which the individual attains age 70 1/2, and failure to
make adequate distributions at this time may result in certain adverse tax
consequences to the individual.
Distributions from all of an individual's IRAs are treated as if they were a
distribution from one IRA and all distributions during the same taxable year are
treated as if they were one distribution. An individual who makes a
non-deductible contribution to an IRA or receives a distribution from an IRA
during the taxable year must provide certain information on the individual's tax
return to enable the IRS to determine the proportion of the IRA balance which
represents non-deductible contributions. If the required information is
provided, that part of the amount withdrawn which is proportionate to the
individual's aggregate non-deductible contributions over the aggregate balance
of all of the individual's IRAs, is excludable from income.
Distributions which are a return of a non-deductible contribution are
non-taxable, as they represent a return of basis. If the required information is
not provided to the IRS, distributions from an IRA to which both deductible and
non-deductible contributions have been made are presumed to be fully taxable.
H. SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSIONS.
Employers may establish Simplified Employee Pensions ("SEPs") under Code
Section 408(k) until the end of the 1996 tax year if certain requirements are
met. A SEP is an IRA to which the employer contributes under a written formula.
Currently, a SEP may accept employer contributions each year up to $30,000 or
15% of compensation (as defined), whichever is less. To establish SEPs the
employer must make a contribution for every employee age 21 and over who has
performed services for the employer for at least three of the five immediately
preceding calendar years and who has earned at least $300 for the year. SEP
contributions for employees over age 70 1/2 are permissible.
The employer's contribution is excluded from the employee's gross income for
the taxable year for which it was made up to the $30,000/15% limit. In addition
to the employer's contribution, the employee may contribute 100% of the
employee's earned income, up to $2,000, to the SEP, but such contributions will
be subject to the rules described above in "G. Individual Retirement Account
Plans."
These plans are subject to the general employer's deduction limitations
applicable to all corporate qualified plans. Employers may not establish new SEP
plans after the end of the 1996 tax year.
I. PUBLIC SCHOOL SYSTEMS AND CERTAIN TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS.
Under the provisions of Section 403(b) of the Code, payments made for
annuity Contracts purchased for employees under annuity plans adopted by public
school systems and certain organizations which are tax exempt under Section
501(c)(3) of the Code are excludable from the gross income of such employees to
the extent that the aggregate payments for such annuity Contracts in any year do
not exceed the maximum contribution permitted under the Code.
A Contract qualifying under Section 403(b) of the Code must provide that
withdrawals or other distributions attributable to salary reduction
contributions (including earnings thereon) may not begin before the employee
attains age 59 1/2, separates from service, dies, or becomes disabled. In the
case of hardship a Contract
40
<PAGE>
Owner may withdraw amounts contributed by salary reduction, but not the earnings
on such amounts. Even though a distribution may be permitted under these rules
(e.g., for hardship or after separation from service), it may nonetheless be
subject to a 10% penalty tax as a premature distribution, in addition to income
tax. The distribution restrictions are effective for years beginning after
December 31, 1988, but only with respect to amounts that were not held under the
Contract as of that date.
J. TEXAS OPTIONAL RETIREMENT PROGRAM.
Under a Code Section 403(b) annuity contract issued as a result of
participation in the Texas Optional Retirement Program, distributions may not be
received except in the case of the participant's death, retirement or
termination of employment in the Texas public institutions of higher education.
These restrictions are imposed by reason of an opinion of the Texas Attorney
General interpreting the Texas laws governing the Optional Retirement Program.
K. SECTION 457 PLANS FOR STATE GOVERNMENTS AND TAX-EXEMPT ENTITIES.
Code Section 457 allows employees of a state, one of its political
subdivisions, or certain tax-exempt entities to participate in eligible
government deferred compensation plans. An eligible plan, by its terms, must not
allow deferral of more than $7,500 or 33 1/3% of a participant's includible
compensation for the taxable year, whichever is less. Includible compensation
does not include amounts excludable under the eligible deferred compensation
plan or amounts paid into a Code Section 403(b) annuity. The amount a
participant may defer must be reduced dollar-for-dollar by elective deferrals
under a SEP, 401(k) plan or a deductible employee contribution to a 501(c)(18)
plan. Under eligible deferred compensation plans the state, political
subdivision, or tax-exempt entity will be owner of the Contract.
If an employee also participates in another eligible plan or contributes to
a Code Section 403(b) annuity, a single limit of $7,500 will be applied for all
plans. Additionally, the employee must designate how much of the $7,500 or
33 1/3% limitation will be allocated among the various plans. Contributions to
an eligible plan will serve to reduce the maximum exclusion allowance for a Code
Section 403(b) annuity. Amounts received by employees under such plans generally
are includible in gross income in the year of receipt.
L. NON-INDIVIDUAL OWNERS.
Non-individual Owners (e.g., a corporation) of deferred annuity contracts
generally will be currently taxed on any increase in the cash surrender value of
the deferred annuity attributable to contributions made after February 28, 1986.
This rule does not apply to immediate annuities or to deferred annuities held by
a qualified pension plan, an IRA, a 403(b) plan, estates, employers with respect
to terminated pension plans, or a nominee or agent holding a contract for the
benefit of an individual. Corporate-owned annuities may result in exposure to
the alternative minimum tax, to the extent that income on the annuities
increases the corporation's adjusted current earnings.
REPORTS
A Contract Owner is sent a report semi-annually which states certain
financial information about the Portfolios. The Company will also furnish an
annual report to the Contract Owner containing a statement of his or her
account, including unit values and other information as required by applicable
law, rules and regulations.
41
<PAGE>
LOANS (QUALIFIED CONTRACTS ONLY)
Loans are available to owners of TSA contracts (i.e. contracts issued under
Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) and to contracts issued to plans
qualified under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code. Loans are subject to
provisions of the Code and to applicable qualified retirement plan rules. Tax
advisors and plan fiduciaries should be consulted prior to exercising loan
privileges.
Loaned amounts will first be withdrawn from Sub-Account and Fixed Account
values on a pro-rata basis until exhausted. Thereafter, any additional amounts
will be withdrawn from the Guarantee Period Accounts (pro-rata by duration and
LIFO (last-in, first-out) within each duration), subject to any applicable
Market Value Adjustments. The maximum loan amount will be determined under the
Company's maximum loan formula. The minimum loan amount is $1,000. Loans will be
secured by a security interest in the contract and the amount borrowed will be
transferred to a loan asset account within the Company's General Account, where
it will accrue interest at a specified rate below the then-current loan rate.
Generally, loans must be repaid within five years or less and repayments must be
made quarterly and in substantially equal amounts. Repayments will be allocated
pro-rata in accordance with the most recent payment allocation, except that any
allocations to a Guarantee Period Account will instead be allocated to the Money
Market Portfolio.
CHANGES IN OPERATION OF THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT
The Company reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law
and to the provisions of the Participation Agreement, to (1) transfer assets
from any Separate Account or Sub-Account to another of the Company's variable
accounts or Sub-Accounts having assets of the same class, (2) to operate the
variable account or any Sub-Account as a management investment company under the
1940 Act or in any other form permitted by law, (3) to deregister the Variable
Account under the 1940 Act in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act,
(4) to substitute the shares of any other registered investment company for the
Portfolio shares held by a Sub-Account, in the event that Portfolio shares are
unavailable for investment, or if the Company determines that further investment
in such Portfolio shares is inappropriate in view of the purpose of the
Sub-Account, (5) to change the methodology for determining the net investment
factor, and (6) to change the names of the Variable Account or of the
Sub-Accounts. In no event will the changes described above be made without
notice to Contract Owners in accordance with the 1940 Act.
DISTRIBUTION
The Contracts offered by the Prospectus may be purchased from certain
independent broker-dealers including representatives of Allmerica Investments,
Inc. (the Principal Underwriter) which are registered under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and are members of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").
The Company pays commissions not to exceed 6.0% of payments to
broker-dealers which sell the Contracts. To the extent permitted by NASD rules,
promotional incentives or payments may also be provided to such broker-dealers
based on sales volumes, the assumption of wholesaling functions, or other
sales-related criteria. Additional payments may be made for other services not
directly related to the sale of the Contracts, including the recruitment and
training of personnel, production of promotional literature, and similar
services.
The Company intends to recoup commissions and other sales expenses through a
combination of anticipated contingent deferred sales charges and profits from
the Company's General Account. Commissions paid on the
42
<PAGE>
Contracts, including additional incentives or payments, do not result in any
additional charge to Contract Owners or to the Variable Account. Any contingent
deferred sales charges assessed on a Contract will be retained by the Company.
Contract Owners may direct any inquiries to their financial representative
or to Allmerica Investments, Inc., 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts
01653, 800-782-8380.
LEGAL MATTERS
There are no legal proceedings pending to which the Variable Account is a
party.
FURTHER INFORMATION
A Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to this
offering has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain
portions of the Registration Statement and amendments have been omitted in this
Prospectus pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission. The omitted
information may be obtained from the Commission's principal office in
Washington, D.C., upon payment of the Commission's prescribed fees.
43
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT
Because of exemption and exclusionary provisions in the securities laws,
interests in the Fixed Account are not generally subject to regulation under the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Disclosures regarding the fixed portion of the annuity contract and the Fixed
Account may be subject to the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933
concerning the accuracy and completeness of statements made in the Prospectus.
The disclosures in this APPENDIX A have not been reviewed by the Securities and
Exchange Commission.
The Fixed Account is made up of all of the general assets of the Company
other than those allocated to the separate account. Allocations to the Fixed
Account become part of the assets of the Company and are used to support
insurance and annuity obligations. A portion or all of net payments may be
allocated to accumulate at a fixed rate of interest in the Fixed Account. Such
net amounts are guaranteed by the Company as to principal and a minimum rate of
interest. Under the Contracts, the minimum interest which may be credited on
amounts allocated to the Fixed Account is 3% compounded annually. Additional
"Excess Interest" may or may not be credited at the sole discretion of the
Company.
If a Contract is surrendered, or if an Excess Amount is withdrawn, while the
Contract is in force and before the Annuity Date, a contingent deferred sales
charge is imposed if such event occurs before the payments attributable to the
surrender or withdrawal have been credited to the Contract less than six full
contract years.
44
<PAGE>
APPENDIX B
SURRENDER CHARGES AND THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
PART 1: SURRENDER CHARGES
FULL SURRENDER -- Assume a Payment of $50,000 is made on the Date of Issue
and no additional Payments are made. Assume there are no withdrawals and that
the free withdrawal amount is equal to the greater of 15% of the current Account
Value or the accumulated earnings in the Contract. The table below presents
examples of the surrender charge resulting from a full surrender of the Contract
Owner's Account, based on hypothetical Accumulated Values.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HYPOTHETICAL FREE SURRENDER
ACCOUNT ACCUMULATED WITHDRAWAL CHARGE SURRENDER
YEAR VALUE AMOUNT PERCENTAGE CHARGE
- --------- ------------- ------------ --------------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 54,000.00 8,100.00 7% 3,213.00
2 58,320.00 8,748.00 6% 2,974.32
3 62,985.60 12,985.60 5% 2,500.00
4 68,024.45 18,024.45 4% 2,000.00
5 73,466.40 23,466.40 3% 1,500.00
6 79,343.72 29,343.72 2% 1,000.00
7 85,691.21 35,691.21 0% 0.00
</TABLE>
WITHDRAWAL -- Assume a Payment of $50,000 is made on the Date of Issue and
no additional Payments are made. Assume that the free withdrawal amount is equal
to the greater of 15% of the current Account Value or the accumulated earnings
in the contract and there are withdrawals as detailed below. The table below
presents examples of the surrender charge resulting from withdrawals from the
Contract Owner's Account, based on hypothetical Accumulated Values.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HYPOTHETICAL FREE SURRENDER
ACCOUNT ACCUMULATED WITHDRAWAL CHARGE SURRENDER
YEAR VALUE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT PERCENTAGE CHARGE
- --------- ------------- ------------ ------------ --------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 54,000.00 0.00 8,100.00 7% 0.00
2 58,320.00 0.00 8,748.00 6% 0.00
3 62,985.60 0.00 12,985.60 5% 0.00
4 68,024.45 30,000.00 18,024.45 4% 479.02
5 41,066.40 10,000.00 6,159.96 3% 115.20
6 33,551.72 5,000.00 5,032.76 2% 0.00
7 30,835.85 10,000.00 4,625.38 0% 0.00
</TABLE>
PART 2: MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
The market value factor is: [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
The following examples assume:
1. The Payment was allocated to a 10 year Guarantee Period Account with
a guaranteed interest rate of 8%.
2. The date of surrender is seven years (2555 days) from the expiration
date.
3. The value of the Guarantee Period Account is equal to $62,985.60 at
the end of three years.
4. No transfers or withdrawals affecting this Guarantee Period Account
have been made.
45
<PAGE>
5. Surrender charges, if any, are calculated in the same manner as shown
in the examples in Part 1.
NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (UNCAPPED)
Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 10.00% or 0.10
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
The market value factor = [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
= [(1+.08)/(1+.10)]2555/365-1
= (.98182)7-1
= -.12054
The market value = the market value factor multiplied by the withdrawal
adjustment
= -.12054X$62,985.60
= -$7,592.11
</TABLE>
POSITIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (UNCAPPED)
Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 7.00% or 0.07
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
The market value factor = [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
= [(1+.08)/(1+.07)]2555/365-1
= (1.0093)7-1
= .06694
The market value = the market value factor multiplied by the withdrawal
adjustment
= .06694X$62,985.60
= $4,216.26
</TABLE>
NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (CAPPED)
Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 11.00% or 0.11
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
The market value factor = [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
= [(1+.08)/(1+.11)]2555/365-1
= (.97297)7-1
= -.17454
The market value = Minimum of the market value factor multiplied by the
adjustment withdrawal or the negative of the excess interest earned
over 3%
= Minimum of (-.17454X$62,985.60 or -$8,349.25)
= Minimum of (-$10,993.51 or -$8,349.25)
= -$8,349.25
</TABLE>
46
<PAGE>
POSITIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (CAPPED)
Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 6.00% or 0.06
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
The market value factor = [(1+i)/(1+j)]n/365-1
= [(1+.08)/(1+.06)]2555/365-1
= (1.01887)7-1
= .13981
The market value = Minimum of the market value factor multiplied by the
adjustment withdrawal or the excess interest earned over 3%
= Minimum of (.13981X$62,985.60 or $8,349.25)
= Minimum of ($8,806.02 or $8,349.25)
= $8,349.25
</TABLE>
47
<PAGE>
APPENDIX C
THE DEATH BENEFIT
PART 1: DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT
DEATH BENEFIT ASSUMING NO WITHDRAWALS
Assume a Payment of $50,000 is made on the Date of Issue and no additional
Payments are made. Assume there are no withdrawals. The table below presents
examples of the Death Benefit based on the hypothetical Accumulated Values.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HYPOTHETICAL
HYPOTHETICAL MARKET HYPOTHETICAL
ACCUMULATED VALUE DEATH DEATH DEATH DEATH
YEAR VALUE ADJUSTMENT BENEFIT (A) BENEFIT (B) BENEFIT (C) BENEFIT
- --------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 53,000.00 0.00 53,000.00 50,000.00 50,000.00 53,000.00
2 53,530.00 500.00 54,030.00 50,000.00 53,000.00 54,030.00
3 58,883.00 0.00 58,883.00 50,000.00 54,030.00 58,883.00
4 52,994.70 500.00 53,494.70 50,000.00 58,883.00 58,883.00
5 58,294.17 0.00 58,294.17 50,000.00 58,883.00 58,883.00
6 64,123.59 500.00 64,623.59 50,000.00 58,883.00 64,623.59
7 70,535.95 0.00 70,535.95 50,000.00 64,623.59 70,535.95
8 77,589.54 500.00 78,089.54 50,000.00 70,535.95 78,089.54
9 85,348.49 0.00 85,348.49 50,000.00 78,089.54 85,348.49
10 93,883.34 0.00 93,883.34 50,000.00 85,348.49 93,883.34
</TABLE>
Death Benefit (a) is the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market
Value Adjustment.
Death Benefit (b) is the gross payments reduced proportionately to reflect
withdrawals.
Death Benefit (c) is the death benefit that would have been payable on the most
recent contract anniversary, increased for subsequent payments, and decreased
proportionately for subsequent withdrawals.
The Hypothetical Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of Death Benefits (a),
(b), or (c).
48
<PAGE>
DEATH BENEFIT ASSUMING WITHDRAWALS
Assume a Payment of $50,000 is made on the Date of Issue and no additional
Payments are made. Assume there are withdrawals as detailed in the table below.
The table below presents examples of the Death Benefit based on the hypothetical
Accumulated Values.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HYPOTHETICAL
HYPOTHETICAL MARKET HYPOTHETICAL
ACCUMULATED PARTIAL VALUE DEATH DEATH DEATH DEATH
YEAR VALUE WITHDRAWAL ADJUSTMENT BENEFIT (A) BENEFIT (B) BENEFIT (C) BENEFIT
- --------- ------------- ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 53,000.00 0.00 0.00 53,000.00 50,000.00 50,000.00 53,000.00
2 53,530.00 0.00 500.00 54,030.00 50,000.00 53,000.00 54,030.00
3 3,883.00 50,000.00 0.00 3,883.00 3,297.22 3,562.97 3,883.00
4 3,494.70 0.00 500.00 3,994.70 3,297.22 3,883.00 3,994.70
5 3,844.17 0.00 0.00 3,844.17 3,297.22 3,994.70 3,994.70
6 4,228.59 0.00 500.00 4,728.59 3,297.22 3,994.70 4,728.59
7 4,651.45 0.00 0.00 4,651.45 3,297.22 4,728.59 4,728.59
8 5,116.59 0.00 500.00 5,616.59 3,297.22 4,728.59 5,616.59
9 5,628.25 0.00 0.00 5,628.25 3,297.22 5,616.59 5,628.25
10 691.07 5,000.00 0.00 691.07 368.05 628.25 691.07
</TABLE>
Death Benefit (a) is the Accumulated Value increased by any positive Market
Value Adjustment
Death Benefit (b) is the gross payments reduced proportionately to reflect
withdrawals.
Death Benefit (c) is the death benefit that would have been payable on the most
recent contract anniversary, increased for subsequent payments, and decreased
proportionately for subsequent withdrawals.
The Hypothetical Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of Death Benefits (a),
(b), or (c)
PART 2: DEATH OF OWNER WHO IS NOT THE ANNUITANT
Assume a Payment of $50,000 is made on the Date of Issue and no additional
Payments are made. Assume there are no withdrawals. The table below presents
examples of the Death Benefit based on the Hypothetical Accumulated Values.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HYPOTHETICAL
HYPOTHETICAL MARKET HYPOTHETICAL
ACCUMULATED VALUE DEATH
YEAR VALUE ADJUSTMENT BENEFIT
- --------- ------------- ------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1 53,000.00 0.00 53,000.00
2 53,530.00 500.00 54,030.00
3 58,883.00 0.00 58,883.00
4 52,994.70 500.00 53,494.70
5 58,294.17 0.00 58,294.17
6 64,123.59 500.00 64,623.59
7 70,535.95 0.00 70,535.95
8 77,589.54 500.00 78,089.54
9 85,348.49 0.00 85,348.49
10 93,883.34 0.00 93,883.34
</TABLE>
The Hypothetical Death Benefit is the Accumulated Value increased by any
positive Market Value Adjustment.
49
<PAGE>
FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
FOR
FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE AND FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACTS FUNDED THROUGH
SUB-ACCOUNTS OF
SEPARATE ACCOUNT KG
THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT A PROSPECTUS. IT SHOULD BE
READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT DATED
NOVEMBER 13, 1996, ("THE PROSPECTUS"). THE PROSPECTUS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM
ALLMERICA INVESTMENTS, INC., 440 LINCOLN STREET, WORCESTER, MASSACHUSETTS
01653, 800-782-8380.
DATED NOVEMBER 13, 1996
<PAGE>
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
TAXATION OF THE CONTRACT, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND THE
COMPANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
SERVICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
UNDERWRITERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
ANNUITY PAYMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
TAX DEFERRED ACCUMULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY
Separate Account KG ("Variable Account") is a separate investment account of
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company ("Company") authorized by
vote of the Board of Directors on June 13, 1996. Its Principal Office is
located at 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01653, Telephone
508-855-1000. The Company is subject to the laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts governing insurance companies and to regulation by the
Commissioner of Insurance of Massachusetts. In addition, the Company is
subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other states and
jurisdictions in which it is licensed to operate. On October 13, 1995, the
Company converted from a mutual life insurance company to a stock life
insurance company and adopted its present name. At that time the Company
also became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation, 440
Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01653. As of December 31, 1995 the
Company and its subsidiaries had over $11 billion in combined assets and over
$35.2 billion in life insurance in force.
Each Sub-Account invests in a corresponding investment portfolio of Kemper
Investors Fund ("the Fund"), a series type mutual fund registered with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") as an open-end, diversified
management investment company. Currently, 14 Sub-Accounts of the Variable
Account are available under the Contracts. The Money Market Portfolio, Total
Return Portfolio, High Yield Portfolio, Growth Portfolio, Government Securities
Portfolio, International Portfolio, Small Cap Growth Portfolio, Investment Grade
Bond Portfolio, Value Portfolio, Small Cap Value Portfolio, Value+Growth
Portfolio, Horizon 20+Portfolio, Horizon 10+Portfolio, and Horizon 5 Portfolio.
Each Portfolio available under the Contracts has its own investment objectives
and certain attendant risks.
TAXATION OF THE CONTRACT, VARIABLE
ACCOUNT AND THE COMPANY
The Company currently imposes no charge for taxes payable in connection with the
Contract, other than for state and local
-2-
<PAGE>
premium taxes and similar assessments when applicable. The Company reserves the
right to impose a charge for any other taxes that may become payable in the
future in connection with the Contracts or the Variable Account.
The Variable Account is considered to be a part of and taxed with the
operations of The Company. The Company is taxed as a life insurance company
under subchapter L of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") and files a
consolidated tax return with its parent and affiliated companies.
The Company reserves the right to make a charge for any effect which the income,
assets, or existence of Contracts or the Variable Account may have upon its tax.
Such charge for taxes, if any, will be assessed on a fair and equitable basis in
order to preserve equity among classes of Contract Owners. The Variable Account
presently is not subject to tax.
SERVICES
CUSTODIAN OF SECURITIES. The Company serves as custodian of the assets of the
Variable Account. Trust shares owned by the Sub-Accounts are held on an open
account basis. A Sub-Account's ownership of Trust shares is reflected on the
records of the Trust and not represented by any transferable stock certificates.
EXPERTS. The financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1995 and
1994 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995,
included in this Statement of Additional Information constituting part of the
Registration Statement, have been so included in reliance on the report of Price
Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as
experts in auditing and accounting.
The financial statements of the Company included herein should be considered
only as bearing on the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the
Contracts.
UNDERWRITERS
Allmerica Investments, Inc., ("Allmerica Investments") a registered
broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a member of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASD), serves as principal
underwriter for the Contracts pursuant to a contract with the Company and the
Variable Account. Allmerica Investments distributes the Contracts on a best
efforts basis. Allmerica Investments, 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester,
Massachusetts 01653 was organized in 1969 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of
First Allmerica and is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of First
Allmerica.
The Contracts offered by this Prospectus are offered continuously and may be
purchased from certain independent broker-dealers which are NASD members and
whose representatives are authorized by applicable law to sell variable annuity
contracts.
All persons selling contracts are required to be licensed by their respective
state insurance authorities for the sale of variable annuity contracts. The
Company pays commissions not to exceed 6.0% of purchase payments to entities
which sell the Contracts. To the extent permitted by NASD rules, promotional
incentives or payments may also be provided to such entities based on sales
volumes, the assumption of wholesaling functions, or other sales-related
criteria. Additional payments may be made for other services not directly
related to the sale of the Contracts, including the recruitment and training of
personnel, production of promotional literature, and similar services.
Commissions paid on the Contracts, including additional incentives or payments,
do not result in any additional charge to Contract Owners or to the Variable
Account.
-3-
<PAGE>
Commissions are paid by the Company and do not result in any charge to Contract
Owners or to the Variable Account in addition to the charges described under
"CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS" in the Prospectus. The Company intends to recoup the
commission and other sales expense through a combination of anticipated
surrender, withdrawal, and/or annuitization charges, profits from The Company's
general account, including the investment earnings on amounts allocated to
accumulate on a fixed basis in excess of the interest credited on fixed
accumulations by The Company, and the profit, if any, from the mortality and
expense risk charge.
ANNUITY PAYMENTS
The method by which the Accumulated Value under the Contract is determined is
described in detail under "COMPUTATION OF CONTRACT VALUES AND ANNUITY PAYMENTS"
in the Prospectus.
ILLUSTRATION OF ACCUMULATION UNIT CALCULATION USING HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE. The
Accumulation Unit calculation for a daily Valuation Period may be illustrated by
the following hypothetical example: Assume that the Net Asset Value of a
portfolio share held in a Sub-Account at the end of a one-day Valuation
Period were $1.135000; that the Net Asset Value on the previous date was
$1.132000; that the value of an Accumulation Unit on the previous date was
$1.117500; and that during the Valuation Period, the dividends and capital
gain distributions were $0.000335 per share. The Accumulation Unit Value at
the end of the current Valuation Period would be calucalated as follows:
(1) Accumulation Unit Value - Previous Valuation Period. . . . . . . $1.117500
(2) Value of Assets - Previous Valuation Period. . . . . . . . . . . $1.132000
(3) Net Asset Value - Current Valuation Period . . . . . . . . . . . $1.135000
(4) Dividends and capital gain distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . $0.000335
(5) Annual Charge (one day equivalent of 1.40% per annum). . . . . . .0.000039
(6) Net Investment Factor {[(3) + (4)] (2)} - (5). . . . . . . . . . .1.002908
(8) Accumulation Unit Value - Current Valuation Period (1) x (6) . . $1.120750
The method for determining the amount of annuity payments is described in detail
under "COMPUTATION OF CONTRACT VALUES AND ANNUITY PAYMENTS" in the Prospectus.
ILLUSTRATION OF VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENT CALCULATION USING HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE.
The determination of the Annuity Unit value and the variable annuity payment may
be illustrated by the following hypothetical example: Assume an Annuitant has
40,000 Accumulation Units in a Variable Account, and that the value of an
Accumulation Unit on the Valuation Date used to determine the amount of the
first variable annuity payment is $1.120000. Therefore, the Accumulation Value
of the Contract is $44,800 (40,000 x $1.120000). Assume also that the Contract
Owner elects an option for which the first monthly payment is $6.57 per $1,000
of Accumulated Value applied. Assuming no premium tax or contingent deferred
sales charge, the first monthly payment would be 44.800 multiplied by $6.57, or
$294.34.
Next, assume that the Annuity Unit value for the assumed rate of 3-1/2% per
annum for the Valuation Date as of which the first payment was calculated was
$1.100000. Annuity Unit values will not be the same as Accumulation Unit values
because
-4-
<PAGE>
the former reflect the 3-1/2% assumed interest rate used in the annuity rate
calculations. When the Annuity Unit value of $1.100000 is divided into the
first monthly payment the number of Annuity Units represented by that payment is
determined to be 267.5818. The value of this same number of Annuity Units will
be paid in each subsequent month under most options. Assume further that the
net investment factor for the Valuation Period applicable to the next annuity
payment is 1.000190. Multiplying this factor by .999906 (the one-day adjustment
factor for the assumed interest rate of 3-1/2% per annum) produces a factor of
1.000096. This is then multiplied by the Annuity Unit value on the immediately
preceding Valuation Date (assumed here to be $1.105000). The result is an
Annuity Unit value of $1.105106 for the current monthly payment. The current
monthly payment is then determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units by
the current Annuity Unit value, or 267.5818 times $1.105106, which produces a
current monthly payment of $295.71.
Method for Determining Variable Annuity Option V Redemption and Illustration
Using Hypothetical Example. As discussed in the Prospectus under "DESCRIPTION
OF VARIABLE ANNUITY OPTIONS," the Annuitant, or the beneficiary if the Annuitant
has died, may choose at any time to redeem the Contract and receive its commuted
value. Commuted value is the present value of remaining payments commuted at
3 1/2% interest. However, if the annuitant elects the withdrawal, the remaining
payments are deemed to be the remaining payments that would have been payable
had the Surrender Value, rather than the Accumulation Value, been applied at the
Annuity Date. The determination of the commuted value upon redemption by an
Annuitant may be illustrated by the following hypothetical example.
Assume an annuity period of 10 years or longer is elected. The number of
Annuity Units each payment is based on would be calculated using the Accumulated
Value. Assume this results in 267.5818 Annuity Units. Assume the commuted
value is requested with 60 monthly payments remaining and a current Annuity Unit
Value of $1.200000. Based on these assumptions, the dollar amount of remaining
payments would be $321.10 a month for 60 months. If the commuted value was
requested by a beneficiary, the value would be based on the present value at
3 1/2% interest of this stream of annuity payments. The commuted value would be
$17,725.49. However, if the commuted value is requested by an Annuitant, the
value is calculated as if the Surrender Value, not the Accumulated Value, had
been used to calculate the number of Annuity units. Assume this results in 250
Annuity units. Based on these assumptions, the dollar amount of remaining
payments would be $300 a month for 60 months. The present value at 3 1/2% of
all remaining payments would be $16,560.72.
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
Performance information for a Sub-Account may be compared, in reports and
promotional literature, to certain indices described in the prospectus under
"PERFORMANCE INFORMATION." In addition, the Company may provide advertising,
sales literature, periodic publications or other materials information on
various topics of interest to Contract owners and prospective Contract owners.
These topics may include the relationship between sectors of the economy and the
economy as a whole and its effect on various securities markets, investment
strategies and techniques (such as value investing, market timing, dollar cost
averaging, asset allocation, constant ratio transfer and account rebalancing),
the advantages and disadvantages of investing in tax-deferred and taxable
investments, customer profiles and hypothetical purchase and investment
scenarios, financial management and tax and retirement planning, and investment
alternatives to certificates of deposit and other financial instruments,
including comparisons between the Contracts and the characteristics of and
market for such financial instruments.
TOTAL RETURN
"Total Return" refers to the total of the income generated by an investment in a
Sub-Account and of the changes of value of the principal invested (due to
realized and unrealized capital gains or losses) for a specified period, reduced
by the Sub-Accounts asset charge and any applicable contingent deferred sales
charge which would be assessed upon complete withdrawal of the investment.
Total Return figures are calculated by standardized methods prescribed by rules
of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The quotations are computed by
finding the average annual compounded rates of return over the specified periods
that would equate the initial amount invested to the ending redeemable values,
according to the following formula:
n
P(1 + T) = ERV
-5-
<PAGE>
Where: P = a hypothetical initial payment to the Variable Account of $1,000
T = average annual total return
n = number of years
ERV = the ending redeemable value of the $1,000 payment at the end of
the specified period
The calculation of Total Return includes the annual charges against the asset of
the Sub-Account. This charge is 1.40% on an annual basis. The calculation of
ending redeemable value assumes (1) the policy was issued at the beginning of
the period and (2) a complete surrender of the policy at the end of the period.
The deduction of the contingent deferred sales charge, if any, applicable at the
end of the period is included in the calculation, according to the following
schedule:
Years from date of Charge as Percentage of
Payment New Payments Withdrawn*
------------------ -----------------------
0-1 7%
2 6%
3 5%
4 4%
5 3%
6 2%
Thereafter 0%
*Subject to the maximum limit described in the prospectus.
No contingent deferred sales charge is deducted upon expiration of the periods
specified above. In all calendar years, an amount equal to 15% of the
Accumulated Value or (b) cummulative earnings (Accumulated Value less total
gross payments not previously withdrawn) is not subject to the contingent
deferred sales charge.
The calculations of Total Return reflect the deduction of an 0.88 Annual
Contract fee, representing a pro-rata portion of the $35 Annual Contract fee,
based on a mean contract size of $40,000.
SUPPLEMENTAL TOTAL RETURN INFORMATION
The Supplemental Total Return information in this section refers to the total of
the income generated by an investment in a Sub-Account and of the changes of
value of the principal invested (due to realized and unrealized capital gains or
losses) for a specified period reduced by the Sub-Account's asset charges.
However, it is assumed that the investment is NOT withdrawn at the end of each
period.
The quotations of Supplemental Total Return are computed by finding the average
annual compounded rates of return over the specified periods that would equate
the initial amount invested to the ending values, according to the following
formula:
n
P(1 + T) = EV
Where: P = a hypothetical initial payment to the Variable Account of $1,000
T = average annual total return
n = number of years
EV = the ending value of the $1,000 payment at the end of the
specified period
-6-
<PAGE>
The calculation of Supplemental Total Return reflects the 1.40% annual charge
against the assets of the Sub-Accounts. The ending value assumes that the
policy is NOT withdrawn at the end of the specified period, and there is
therefore no adjustment for the contingent deferred sales charge that would be
applicable if the policy was withdrawn at the end of the period.
The calculations of Supplemental Total Return include the deduction of an
0.88 Annual Contract fee, representing a pro-rata portion of the $35 Annual
Contract fee based on a mean contract size of $40,000.
YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD - MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT
Set forth below is yield and effective yield information for the Money Market
Sub-Account for the seven-day period ended December 31, 1995:
Yield 3.92%
Effective Yield 4.00%
The yield and effective yield figures are calculated by standardized methods
prescribed by rules of the SEC. Under those methods, the yield quotation is
computed by determining the net change (exclusive of capital changes) in the
value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of one
accumulation unit of the Sub-Account at the beginning of the period, subtracting
a charge reflecting the annual 1.40% deduction for mortality and expense risk
and the administrative charge, dividing the difference by the value of the
account at the beginning of the same period to obtain the base period return,
and then multiplying the return for a seven-day base period by (365/7), with the
resulting yield carried to the nearest hundredth of one percent.
The Money Market Sub-Account computes effective yield by compounding the
unannualized base period return by using the formula:
(365/7)
Effective Yield = [(base period return + 1) ] - 1
The calculations of yield and effective yield do NOT reflect the $35 Annual
Contract fee.
TAX-DEFERRED ACCUMULATION
$50,000 "After-Tax" Investment(1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS
SINCE TAX-DEFERRED CONVENTIONAL
INVESTMENT ANNUITY CONTRACT SAVINGS PLAN
Tax-Deferred Net Amount after
Accumulation Taxable Lump Taxable
(Before Withdrawals)(2) Sum Withdrawal(3) Accumulation(3)
----------------------- ----------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
10 Years..... $107,946 $ 86,448 $ 81,693
20 Years..... 233,048 165,137 133,476
30 Years..... 503,133 335,021 218,082
</TABLE>
(1) This chart compares the accumulation of a $50,000 investment in a
tax-deferred non-qualified annuity contract and in a conventional taxable
savings plan. The $50,000 investment in the annuity contract and in the
conventional savings plan is assumed to be made on an "after-tax" basis.
Only the gain in the annuity contract will be subject to income tax upon a
taxable lump sum withdrawal.
Unlike conventional savings plans, investments in non-qualified annuity
contracts provide tax-deferred treatment on earnings. When monies are
received from a non-qualified annuity contract (and you have many different
options on how you receive your funds), they are subject to income tax. At
the time of receipt, if the person receiving the monies is retired, not
working or has additional tax exemptions, these monies may be taxed at a
lesser rate.
(2) The chart does not reflect the following charges and expenses under the
annuity contract: 1.25% for mortality and expense risk; 0.15% administration
charges; 7% maximum deferred withdrawal charge; and $35 annual records
maintenance charge. The tax-deferred accumulation would be reduced if these
charges were reflected. No implication is intended by the use of these
assumptions that the return shown is guaranteed in any way or that the return
shown represents an average or expected rate of return over the period of the
Contracts. [IMPORTANT - THIS IS NOT AN ILLUSTRATION OF YIELD OR RETURN.]
(3) The chart assumes a 37.1% federal marginal tax rate and an 8% annual
return. The 37.1% federal marginal tax is based on a marginal tax rate of
38%, representative of the target market, adjusted to reflect a decrease of
$3 of itemized deductions for each $100 of income over $117,950. Tax rates
are subject to change as is the tax-deferred treatment of the Contracts.
Income on non-qualifed annuity contracts is taxed as ordinary income upon
withdrawal. A 10% tax penalty may apply to early withdrawals. See "Federal
Income Taxes" in the prospectus.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Financial Statements are included for First Allmerica Financial Life
Insurance Company. Financial Statements for the Variable Account KG are not
included as the Variable Account has not begun operations.
-7-
<PAGE>
FIRST ALLMERICA
FINANCIAL LIFE
INSURANCE COMPANY
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1995
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
(formerly known as State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America)
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related
consolidated statements of income, of shareholder's equity, and of cash flows
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of First
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company and its subsidiaries at December
31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of their operations and their cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on
a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
As discussed in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial
statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for investments
(Notes 1 and 3) and postemployment benefits (Notes 11) in 1994 and for
postretirement benefits (Note 10) in 1993.
/s/ Price Waterhouse LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 5, 1996
<PAGE>
FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(a wholly owned subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions, except per share data) 1995 1994 1993
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES
Premiums $ 2,222.8 $ 2,181.8 $ 2,079.3
Universal life and investment product policy fees 170.4 156.8 143.7
Net investment income 710.1 743.1 782.8
Net realized investment gains 19.1 1.1 61.0
Realized gain on sale of subsidiary -- -- 35.7
Realized gain on sale of mutual fund processing business 20.7 -- --
Realized gain on issuance of subsidiary common stock -- -- 62.9
Other income 95.4 112.3 73.8
----------------------------------------
Total revenues 3,238.5 3,195.1 3,239.2
----------------------------------------
BENEFITS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES
Policy benefits, claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses 2,008.3 2,047.0 1,987.2
Policy acquisition expenses 470.3 475.7 435.8
Other operating expenses 455.0 518.9 421.3
----------------------------------------
Total benefits, losses and expenses 2,933.6 3,041.6 2,844.3
----------------------------------------
Income before federal income taxes 304.9 153.5 394.9
----------------------------------------
FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
Current 119.7 45.4 95.1
Deferred (37.0) 8.0 (20.4)
----------------------------------------
Total federal income tax expense 82.7 53.4 74.7
----------------------------------------
Income before minority interest, extraordinary item, and
cumulative effect of accounting change 222.2 100.1 320.2
Minority interest (73.1) (51.0) (122.8)
----------------------------------------
Income before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of
accounting changes 149.1 49.1 197.4
Extraordinary item - demutualization expenses (12.1) (9.2) (4.6)
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles -- (1.9) (35.4)
----------------------------------------
Net income $ 137.0 $ 38.0 $ 157.4
----------------------------------------
----------------------------------------
</TABLE>
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
<PAGE>
FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(a wholly owned subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation)
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31
(In millions, except per share data) 1995 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Investments:
Fixed maturities-at amortized cost (fair value of $949.9 in 1994) $ -- $ 959.3
Fixed maturities-at fair value (amortized cost of $7,467.9 and $6,724.6) 7,739.3 6,512.0
Equity securities-at fair value (cost of $410.6 and $260.4) 517.2 286.4
Mortgage loans 799.5 1,106.7
Real estate 179.6 180.3
Policy loans 123.2 364.9
Other long-term investments 71.9 68.1
-------------------------------
Total investments 9,430.7 9,477.7
-------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents 236.6 539.7
Accrued investment income 163.0 186.6
Deferred policy acquisition costs 735.7 802.8
-------------------------------
Reinsurance receivables:
Future policy benefits 97.1 59.7
Outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses 799.6 741.0
Unearned premiums 43.8 61.9
Other 58.9 62.1
-------------------------------
Total reinsurance receivables 999.4 924.7
-------------------------------
Deferred federal income taxes 81.2 189.1
Premiums, accounts and notes receivable 526.7 510.3
Other assets 361.4 324.9
Closed Block assets 818.9 --
Separate account assets 4,348.8 2,965.7
-------------------------------
Total assets $ 17,702.4 $ 15,921.5
-------------------------------
-------------------------------
LIABILITIES
Policy liabilities and accruals:
Future policy benefits $ 2,639.3 $ 3,416.4
Outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses 3,081.3 2,991.5
Unearned premiums 800.9 796.6
Contractholder deposit funds and other policy liabilities 2,737.4 3,435.7
-------------------------------
Total policy liabilities and accruals 9,258.9 10,640.2
-------------------------------
Expenses and taxes payable 600.3 589.2
Reinsurance premiums payable 42.0 65.8
Short-term debt 28.0 32.8
Deferred federal income taxes 47.8 13.8
Long-term debt 2.8 2.7
Closed Block liabilities 902.0 --
Separate account liabilities 4,337.8 2,954.9
-------------------------------
Total liabilities 15,219.6 14,299.4
-------------------------------
Minority interest 758.5 629.7
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 14 and 19)
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common stock, $10 par value, 1 million shares authorized, 500,000
shares issued and outstanding 5.0 --
Additional paid-in-capital 392.4 --
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments, net 153.0 (79.0)
Retained earnings 1,173.9 1,071.4
-------------------------------
Total shareholders' equity 1,724.3 992.4
-------------------------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity $ 17,702.4 $ 15,921.5
-------------------------------
-------------------------------
</TABLE>
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
2
<PAGE>
FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(a wholly owned subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994 1993
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
COMMON STOCK
Balance at beginning of year $ -- $ -- $ --
Demutualization transaction 5.0 -- --
----------------------------------------
Balance at end of year 5.0 -- --
----------------------------------------
ADDITIONAL PAID-IN-CAPITAL
Balance at beginning of year -- -- --
Contributed from parent 392.4 -- --
----------------------------------------
Balance at end of year 392.4 -- --
----------------------------------------
RETAINED EARNINGS
Balance at beginning of year 1,071.4 1,033.4 876.0
Net income prior to demutualization 93.2 38.0 157.4
----------------------------------------
1,164.6 1,071.4 1,033.4
Demutualization transaction (34.5) -- --
Net income subsequent to demutualization 43.8 -- --
----------------------------------------
Balance at end of year 1,173.9 1,071.4 1,033.4
----------------------------------------
NET UNREALIZED APPRECIATION (DEPRECIATION) ON INVESTMENTS
Balance at beginning of year (79.0) 17.5 20.6
----------------------------------------
Cumulative effect of accounting change:
Net appreciation on available-for-sale debt securities -- 296.1 --
Provision for deferred federal income taxes and minority interest -- (149.1) --
----------------------------------------
-- 147.0 --
----------------------------------------
Effect of transfer of securities from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale:
Net appreciation on available-for-sale debt securities 22.4 -- --
Provision for deferred federal income taxes and minority interest (9.6) -- --
----------------------------------------
12.8 -- --
----------------------------------------
Appreciation (depreciation) during the period:
Net appreciation (depreciation) on available-for-sale securities 466.0 (492.1) (9.6)
(Provision) benefit for deferred federal income taxes (163.1) 171.9 2.8
Minority interest (83.7) 76.7 3.7
----------------------------------------
219.2 (243.5) (3.1)
----------------------------------------
Balance at end of year 153.0 (79.0) 17.5
----------------------------------------
Total shareholders' equity $1,724.3 $ 992.4 $ 1,050.9
----------------------------------------
----------------------------------------
</TABLE>
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
3
<PAGE>
FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
(a wholly owned subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994 1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income $ 137.0 $ 38.0 $ 157.4
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Minority interest 73.1 50.1 112.7
Net realized gains (39.8) (1.1) (159.6)
Deferred federal income taxes (benefits) (37.0) 8.0 (20.4)
Increase in deferred policy acquisition costs (38.4) (34.6) (51.8)
Increase in premiums and notes receivable, net of reinsurance payable (42.0) (25.6) (37.5)
(Increase) decrease in accrued investment income 7.0 4.6 (1.6)
Increase in policy liabilities and accruals, net 116.2 175.9 131.7
(Increase) decrease in reinsurance receivable (75.6) (31.9) 18.6
Increase in expenses and taxes payable 7.5 88.0 104.7
Separate account activity, net (0.1) 0.4 21.4
Other, net 23.9 59.9 2.7
-----------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities 131.8 331.7 278.3
-----------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from disposals and maturities of available-for-sale
fixed maturities 2,738.4 2,097.8 --
Proceeds from disposals of held-to-maturity fixed maturities 271.3 304.4 2,094.9
Proceeds from disposals of equity securities 120.0 143.9 585.8
Proceeds from disposals of other investments 40.5 25.9 74.0
Proceeds from mortgages matured or collected 230.3 256.4 291.2
Purchase of available-for-sale fixed maturities (3,273.3) (2,150.1) --
Purchase of held-to-maturity fixed maturities -- (111.6) (2,577.1)
Purchase of equity securities (254.0) (172.2) (673.3)
Purchase of other investments (24.8) (26.6) (46.5)
Proceeds from sale of businesses 32.9 -- 79.5
Capital expenditures (14.1) (43.1) (37.5)
Other investing activities, net 4.7 2.4 1.3
-----------------------------------------
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities (128.1) 327.2 (207.7)
-----------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Deposits and interest credited to contractholder deposit funds 445.8 786.3 738.7
Withdrawals from contractholder deposit funds (1,069.9) (1,187.0) (894.0)
Change in short-term debt (4.8) (6.0) 1.4
Change in long-term debt 0.2 0.3 --
Dividends paid to minority shareholders (4.1) (4.2) (3.9)
Capital contributed from parent 392.4 -- 156.2
Payments for policyholders' membership interests (27.9) -- --
Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt -- -- --
Other, net (20.9) -- (1.3)
-----------------------------------------
Net cash used in financing activities (289.2) (410.6) (2.9)
-----------------------------------------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents (285.5) 248.3 67.7
Net change in cash held in the Closed Block (17.6) -- --
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 539.7 291.4 223.7
-----------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $ 236.6 $ 539.7 $ 291.4
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Interest paid $ 4.1 $ 4.3 $ 1.7
Income taxes paid $ 90.6 $ 46.1 $ 57.3
</TABLE>
THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
4
<PAGE>
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
A. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company ("FAFLIC" or the "Company",
formerly State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America ["State Mutual"]) was
organized as a mutual life insurance company until October 16, 1995. FAFLIC
converted to a stock life insurance company pursuant to a plan of
reorganization effective October 16, 1995 and became a wholly owned
subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation ("AFC"). The consolidated
financial statements have been prepared as if FAFLIC were organized as a
stock life insurance company for all periods presented. Thus, generally
accepted accounting principles for stock life insurance companies have been
applied retroactively for all periods presented.
The consolidated financial statements of FAFLIC include the accounts of
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company ("AFLIAC", formerly
SMA Life Assurance Company) its wholly owned life insurance subsidiary,
non-insurance subsidiaries (principally brokerage and investment advisory
subsidiaries), and Allmerica Property and Casualty Companies, Inc.
("Allmerica P&C", a 58.3%-owned non-insurance holding company). The Closed
Block assets and liabilities at December 31, 1995 and its results of
operations subsequent to demutualization are presented in the consolidated
financial statements as single line items. Prior to demutualization such
amounts are presented line by line in the consolidated financial statements
(see Note 6). Unless specifically stated, all disclosures contained herein
supporting the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 1995 and
the year then ended exclude the Closed Block related amounts. All significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Minority interest relates to the Company's investment in Allmerica P&C
and its only significant subsidiary, The Hanover Insurance Company
("Hanover"). Hanover's 81.1%-owned subsidiary is Citizens Corporation, the
holding company for Citizens Insurance Company of America ("Citizens").
Minority interest also includes an amount related to the minority interest in
Citizens Corporation.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
B. CLOSED BLOCK
As of October 16, 1995, the Company established and began operating a closed
block (the "Closed Block") for the benefit of the participating policies
included therein, consisting of certain individual life insurance participating
policies, individual deferred annuity contracts and supplementary contracts not
involving life contingencies which were in force on October 16, 1995; such
policies constitute the "Closed Block Business". The purpose of the Closed Block
is to protect the policy dividend expectations of such FAFLIC dividend paying
policies and contracts after the demutualization. Unless the Commissioner
consents to an earlier termination, the Closed Block will continue to be in
effect until the date none of the Closed Block policies are in force. On
October 16, 1995, FAFLIC allocated to the Closed Block assets in an amount that
is expected to produce cash flows which, together with future revenues from the
Closed Block Business, are reasonably sufficient to support the Closed Block
Business, including provision for payment of policy benefits, certain future
expenses and taxes and for continuation of policyholder dividend scales payable
in 1994 so long as the experience underlying such dividend scales continues. The
Company expects that the factors underlying such experience will fluctuate in
the future and policyholder dividend scales for Closed Block Business will be
set accordingly.
Although the assets and income allocated to the Closed Block inure solely
to the benefit of the holders of policies included in the Closed Block, the
excess of Closed Block liabilities over Closed Block assets at October 16, 1995
measured on a GAAP basis represent the expected future post-tax income from the
Closed Block which may be recognized in income over the period the policies and
contracts in the Closed Block remain in force.
If the actual income from the Closed Block in any given period equals or
exceeds the expected income for such period as determined at October 16, 1995,
the expected income would be recognized in income for that period. Further, any
excess of the actual income over the expected income would also be recognized in
income to the extent that the aggregate expected income for all prior periods
exceeded the aggregate actual income. Any remaining excess of actual income over
expected income would be accrued as a liability for policyholder dividends in
the Closed Block to be paid to the Closed Block policyholders. This accrual for
future dividends effectively limits the actual Closed Block income recognized in
income to the Closed Block income expected to emerge from operation of the
Closed Block as determined as of October 16, 1995.
If, over the period the policies and contracts in the Closed Block remain
in force, the actual income from the Closed Block is less than the expected
income from the Closed Block, only such actual income
5
<PAGE>
(which could reflect a loss) would be recognized in income. If the actual income
from the Closed Block in any given period is less than the expected income for
that period and changes in dividends scales are inadequate to offset the
negative performance in relation to the expected performance, the income inuring
to shareholders of the Company will be reduced. If a policyholder dividend
liability had been previously established in the Closed Block because the actual
income to the relevant date had exceeded the expected income to such date, such
liability would be reduced by this reduction in income (but not below zero) in
any periods in which the actual income for that period is less than the expected
income for such period.
C. VALUATION OF INVESTMENTS
Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities" (SFAS No. 115). SFAS No. 115 requires that an
enterprise classify debt and equity securities into one of three categories;
held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading. Investments classified as
held-to-maturity shall be investments that the enterprise has the positive
intent and ability to hold until maturity. Trading securities are investments
which are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the
near term. Investments classified as neither trading securities nor
held-to-maturity shall be classified as available-for-sale securities. SFAS No.
115 also requires that unrealized holding gains and losses for trading
securities be included in earnings, while unrealized gains and losses for
available-for-sale securities be excluded from earnings and reported as a
separate component of shareholder equity until realized. SFAS No. 115 also
requires that for a decline in the fair value which is judged to be other than
temporary, the cost basis of the security should be written down to fair value,
and the amount of the write-down recognized in earnings as a realized loss.
Previously, the Company classified all of its fixed maturities and equity
securities as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity investments. Fixed
maturities held-to-maturity consist of certain bonds, presented at amortized
cost, that management intends and has the ability to hold until maturity. Fixed
maturities available-for-sale consist of certain bonds and redeemable preferred
stocks, presented at fair value, that management may not hold until maturity.
Equity securities available-for-sale are comprised of common stocks which are
carried at fair value. Prior to January 1, 1994, all fixed maturity investments,
which included bonds and redeemable preferred stocks, were principally carried
at amortized cost. Equity securities, which included common and non-redeemable
preferred stock, were carried at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on
investments classified as available-for-sale, net of deferred federal income
taxes, minority interest, deferred policy acquisition expenses and amounts
attributable to participating contractholders, are included as a separate
component of shareholders' equity. As discussed in Note 3, the Company
transferred all securities classified as held-to-maturity to available-for-sale
on November 30, 1995.
Realized gains and losses on sales of fixed maturities and equity
securities are determined on the specific-identification basis using amortized
cost for fixed maturities and cost for equity securities. Fixed maturities and
equity securities with other than temporary declines in fair value are written
down to estimated fair value resulting in the recognition of realized losses.
Mortgage loans on real estate are stated at unpaid principal balances, net
of unamortized discounts and reserves. Reserves on mortgage loans are based on
losses expected by management to be realized on transfers of mortgage loans to
real estate (upon foreclosure), on the disposition or settlement of mortgage
loans and on mortgage loans which management believes may not be collectible in
full. In establishing reserves, management considers, among other things, the
estimated fair value of the underlying collateral.
Fixed maturities and mortgage loans that are delinquent are placed on
non-accrual status, and thereafter interest income is recognized only when cash
payments are received.
Policy loans are carried principally at unpaid principal balances.
Real estate that has been acquired through the foreclosure of mortgage
loans is valued at the estimated fair value at the time of foreclosure. The
Company considers several methods in determining fair value at foreclosure,
using primarily third-party appraisals and discounted cash flow analyses. After
foreclosure, the Company makes a determination as to whether the asset should be
held for production of income or held for sale.
Real estate investments held for the production of income and held for sale
are carried at depreciated cost less valuation allowances, if necessary, to
reduce the carrying value to fair value. Depreciation is generally calculated
using the straight-line method.
Realized investment gains and losses, other than those related to separate
accounts for which the Company does not bear the investment risk, are reported
as a component of revenues based upon specific identification of the investment
assets sold. When an other-than-temporary impairment of the value of a specific
investment or a group of investments is determined, a realized investment loss
is recorded. Changes in the valuation allowance for mortgage loans and real
estate are included in realized investment gains or losses.
6
<PAGE>
D. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into transactions involving
various types of financial instruments, including debt, investments such as
fixed maturities, mortgage loans and equity securities, investment and loan
commitments, and interest rate futures contracts. These instruments involve
credit risk and also may be subject to risk of loss due to interest rate
fluctuation. The Company evaluates and monitors each financial instrument
individually and, when appropriate, obtains collateral or other security to
minimize losses.
E. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and
highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of three
months or less.
F. DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS
Acquisition costs consist of commissions, underwriting costs and other costs,
which vary with, and are primarily related to, the production of revenues.
Property and casualty, group life and group health insurance business
acquisition costs are deferred and amortized over the terms of the insurance
policies. Acquisition costs related to universal life products and
contractholder deposit funds are deferred and amortized in proportion to total
estimated gross profits over the expected life of the contracts using a revised
interest rate applied to the remaining benefit period. Acquisition costs related
to annuity and other life insurance businesses are deferred and amortized,
generally in proportion to the ratio of annual revenue to the estimated total
revenues over the contract periods based upon the same assumptions used in
estimating the liability for future policy benefits. Deferred acquisition costs
for each product are reviewed to determine if they are recoverable from future
income, including investment income. If such costs are determined to be
unrecoverable, they are expensed at the time of determination.
Although realization of deferred policy acquisition costs is not assured,
management believes it is more likely than not that all of these costs will be
realized. The amount of deferred policy acquisition costs considered realizable,
however, could be reduced in the near term if the estimates of gross profits or
total revenues discussed above are reduced. The amount of amortization of
deferred policy acquisition costs could be revised in the near term if any of
the estimates discussed above are revised.
G. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, less
accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided using the
straight-line or accelerated method over the estimated useful lives of the
related assets which generally range from 3 to 30 years. Amortization of
leasehold improvements is provided using the straight-line method over the
lesser of the term of the leases or the estimated useful life of the
improvements.
H. SEPARATE ACCOUNTS
Separate account assets and liabilities represent segregated funds administered
and invested by the Company for the benefit of certain pension, variable annuity
and variable life insurance contractholders. Assets consist principally of
bonds, common stocks, mutual funds, and short-term obligations at market value.
The investment income, gains, and losses of these accounts generally accrue to
the contractholders and, therefore, are not included in the Company's net
income. Appreciation and depreciation of the Company's interest in the separate
accounts, including undistributed net investment income, is reflected in
shareholders' equity or net investment income.
I. POLICY LIABILITIES AND ACCRUALS
Future policy benefits are liabilities for life, health and annuity products.
Such liabilities are established in amounts adequate to meet the estimated
future obligations of policies in force. The liabilities associated with
traditional life insurance products are computed using the net level premium
method for individual life and annuity policies, and are based upon estimates as
to future investment yield, mortality and withdrawals that include provisions
for adverse deviation. Future policy benefits for individual life insurance and
annuity policies are computed using interest rates ranging from 2 1/2% to 6% for
life insurance and 2% to 9 1/2% for annuities. Estimated liabilities are
established for group life and health policies that contain experience rating
provisions. Mortality, morbidity and withdrawal assumptions for all policies are
based on the Company's own experience and industry standards. Liabilities for
universal life include deposits received from customers and investment earnings
on their fund balances, less administrative charges. Universal life fund
balances are also assessed mortality and surrender charges.
Liabilities for outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses are
estimates of payments to be made on property and casualty and health insurance
for reported losses and estimates of losses incurred but not reported. These
liabilities are determined using case basis evaluations and statistical analyses
and represent estimates of the ultimate cost of all losses incurred but not
paid. These estimates are continually reviewed and adjusted as necessary; such
adjustments are reflected in current operations. Estimated amounts of salvage
and subrogation on unpaid property and casualty losses are deducted from the
liability for unpaid claims.
Premiums for property and casualty, group life, and accident and health
insurance are reported as earned on a pro-rata basis over the contract period.
The unexpired portion of these premiums is recorded as unearned premiums.
7
<PAGE>
Contractholder deposit funds and other policy liabilities include
investment-related products such as guaranteed investment contracts, deposit
administration funds and immediate participation guarantee funds and consist of
deposits received from customers and investment earnings on their fund balances.
All policy liabilities and accruals are based on the various estimates
discussed above. Although the adequacy of these amounts cannot be assured,
management believes that it is more likely than not that policy liabilities and
accruals will be sufficient to meet future obligations of policies in force. The
amount of liabilities and accruals, however, could be revised in the near term
if the estimates discussed above are revised.
J. PREMIUM AND FEE REVENUE AND RELATED EXPENSES
Premiums for individual life and health insurance and individual and group
annuity products, excluding universal life and investment-related products, are
considered revenue when due. Property and casualty and group life, accident and
health insurance premiums are recognized as revenue over the related contract
periods. Benefits, losses and related expenses are matched with premiums,
resulting in their recognition over the lives of the contracts. This matching is
accomplished through the provision for future benefits, estimated and unpaid
losses and amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs. Revenues for
investment-related products consist of net investment income and contract
charges assessed against the fund values. Related benefit expenses primarily
consist of net investment income credited to the fund values after deduction for
investment and risk charges. Revenues for universal life products consist of net
investment income, and mortality, administration and surrender charges assessed
against the fund values. Related benefit expenses include universal life benefit
claims in excess of fund values and net investment income credited to universal
life fund values.
K. POLICYHOLDER DIVIDENDS
Prior to demutualization, certain life, health and annuity insurance policies
contained dividend payment provisions that enabled the policyholder to
participate in the earnings of the Company. The amount of policyholders'
dividends was determined annually by the Board of Directors. The aggregate
amount of policyholders' dividends was related to the actual interest,
mortality, morbidity and expense experience for the year and the Company's
judgment as to the appropriate level of statutory surplus to be retained. The
participating life insurance in force was 16.2% of the face value of total life
insurance in force at December 31, 1994. The premiums on participating life,
health and annuity policies were 11.3%, 6.4% and 6.6% of total life, health and
annuity statutory premiums prior to demutualization in 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively. Total policyholders' dividends were $23.3 million, $32.8 million
and $24.2 million prior to demutualization in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
L. FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
AFC, FAFLIC, AFLIAC and FAFLIC's non-insurance domestic subsidiaries file a
consolidated United States federal income tax return. Entities included within
the consolidated group are segregated into either a life insurance or non-life
insurance company subgroup. The consolidation of these subgroups is subject to
certain statutory restrictions on the percentage of eligible non-life tax losses
that can be applied to offset life company taxable income. Allmerica P&C and its
subsidiaries file a separate United States federal income tax return.
Deferred income taxes are generally recognized when assets and liabilities
have different values for financial statement and tax reporting purposes, and
for other temporary taxable and deductible differences as defined by Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" (SFAS
No. 109). These differences result primarily from loss reserves, policy
acquisition expenses, and unrealized appreciation/depreciation on investments.
M. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In March 1995, SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of" was issued. This statement requires
companies to write down to fair value long-lived assets whose carrying value is
greater than the undiscounted cash flows of those assets. The statement also
requires that long-lived assets of which management is committed to dispose,
either by sale or abandonment, be valued at the lower of their carrying amount
or fair value less costs to sell. This statement is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1995. Management expects that adoption of this
statement will not have a material effect on the financial statements.
N. RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year
presentation.
8
<PAGE>
2. SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS
Pursuant to the plan of reorganization effective October 16, 1995, AFC issued
37.5 million shares of its common stock to eligible policyholders. AFC also
issued 12.6 million shares of its common stock at a price of $21.00 per share in
a public offering, resulting in net proceeds of $248.0 million, and issued
Senior Debentures in the principal amount of $200.0 million which resulted in
net proceeds of $197.2 million. AFC contributed $392.4 million of these proceeds
to FAFLIC.
Effective March 31, 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with TSSG,
a division of First Data Corporation, pursuant to which the Company sold its
mutual fund processing business and agreed not to engage in this business for
four years after that date. In accordance with this agreement, the Company
received proceeds of $32.1 million. A gain of $13.5 million, net of taxes of
$7.2 million, was recorded in March 1995.
In March and April, 1993, Citizens Corporation, a newly formed holding
company for Citizens, issued approximately 19.35% of its common stock in an
initial public offering, generating net proceeds of $156.2 million (7.0 million
shares at $24.00 per share). Proceeds to Citizens Corporation were reduced by
underwriting and other stock issuance costs. A non-taxable gain of $62.9 million
was recorded in 1993 in connection with this initial public offering. This gain
is non-taxable because only newly-issued shares of Citizens Corporation were
issued to the public.
Effective December 31, 1992, Hanover entered into a definitive agreement to
sell its wholly owned subsidiary, Beacon Insurance Company of America, and its
wholly owned subsidiary, American Select Insurance Company, for $89.7 million. A
gain of $20.7 million, net of taxes of $15.0 million, was recorded in 1993.
3. INVESTMENTS
A. FIXED MATURITIES AND EQUITY SECURITIES
Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted SFAS No. 115, which requires that
investments be classified into one of three categories: held-to-maturity,
available-for-sale, or trading.
The effect of implementing SFAS No. 115 as of January 1, 1994 was an
increase in the carrying value of fixed maturity investments of $335.3 million,
a decrease in deferred policy acquisition costs of $20.8 million, an increase in
policyholder liabilities of $18.4 million, a net increase in deferred income tax
liabilities of $103.7 million, an increase in minority interest of $45.4
million, and an increase in shareholders' equity of $147.0 million, which
resulted from changing the carrying value of certain fixed maturities from
amortized cost to fair value and related adjustments. The implementation had no
effect on net income.
In November 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued a Special
Report, A GUIDE TO IMPLEMENTATION OF STATEMENT 115 ON ACCOUNTING FOR CERTAIN
INVESTMENTS IN DEBT AND EQUITY SECURITIES, which permitted companies to
reclassify securities, where appropriate, based on the new guidance. As a
result, the Company transferred securities with amortized cost and fair value of
$696.4 million and $725.6 million, respectively, from the held-to-maturity
category to the available-for-sale category, which resulted in a net increase in
shareholders' equity of $12.8 million.
The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale and
held-to-maturity fixed maturities and equity securities were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31
(In millions) 1995
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair
Cost (1) Gains Losses Value
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. government and agency securities $ 377.0 $ 21.0 $ -- $ 398.0
States and political subdivisions 2,110.6 60.7 4.0 2,167.3
Foreign governments 60.6 3.4 0.6 63.4
Corporate fixed maturities 4,582.1 200.8 16.4 4,766.5
U.S. government mortgage-backed securities 337.6 8.6 2.1 344.1
Total fixed maturities available-for-sale $ 7,467.9 $ 294.5 $ 23.1 $ 7,739.3
---------------------------------------------------------
Equity securities $ 410.6 $ 111.7 $ 5.1 $ 517.2
---------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
9
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31
(In millions) 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair
Cost (1) Gains Losses Value
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. government and agency securities $ 280.2 $ 4.8 $ 9.1 $ 275.9
States and political subdivisions 2,011.3 14.9 76.2 1,950.0
Foreign governments 96.8 1.8 12.8 85.8
Corporate fixed maturities 4,201.4 24.7 157.4 4,068.7
U.S. government mortgage-backed securities 134.9 0.4 3.7 131.6
----------------------------------------------------------
Total fixed maturities available-for-sale $ 6,724.6 $ 46.6 $ 259.2 $ 6,512.0
----------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------
Equity securities $ 260.4 $ 35.3 $ 9.3 $ 286.4
----------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------
HELD-TO-MATURITY
State and political subdivisions $ 8.1 $ 0.1 $ 0.8 7.4
Foreign governments 20.7 0.2 0.2 20.7
Corporate fixed maturities 927.3 13.7 22.5 918.5
Corporate mortgage-backed securities 3.2 0.1 -- 3.3
----------------------------------------------------------
Total fixed maturities held-to-maturity $ 959.3 $ 14.1 $ 23.5 $ 949.9
----------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) Amortized cost for fixed maturities and cost for equity securities.
In March 1994, AFLIAC voluntarily withdrew its license in New York in order
to provide for certain commission arrangements prohibited by New York comparable
to AFLIAC's competitors. In connection with the withdrawal, FAFLIC, which is
licensed in New York, became qualified to sell the products previously sold by
AFLIAC in New York. AFLIAC agreed with the New York Department of Insurance to
maintain, through a custodial account in New York, a security deposit, the
market value of which will at all times equal 102% of all outstanding general
account liabilities of AFLIAC for New York policyholders, claimants and
creditors. At December 31, 1995, the amortized cost and market value of assets
on deposit were $295.0 million and $303.6 million, respectively. At December 31,
1994, the amortized cost and market value of assets on deposit were $327.9
million and $323.5 million, respectively. In addition, fixed maturities,
excluding those securities on deposit in New York, with an amortized cost of
$82.2 million and $67.0 million were on deposit with various state and
governmental authorities at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
There were approximately $21.8 million of contractual fixed maturity
investment commitments at December 31, 1994 and none at December 31, 1995.
The amortized cost and fair value by maturity periods for fixed maturities
are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities
because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or
without call or prepayment penalties, or the Company may have the right to put
or sell the obligations back to the issuers. Mortgage backed securities are
included in the category representing their ultimate maturity.
10
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31
(In millions) 1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Available-for-Sale
Amortized Fair
Cost Value
<S> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less $ 970.8 $ 975.6
Due after one year through five years 3,507.9 3,657.1
Due after five years through ten years 1,794.0 1,866.0
Due after ten years 1,195.2 1,240.6
-----------------------------
Total $ 7,467.9 $ 7,739.3
-----------------------------
-----------------------------
</TABLE>
The proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities and the gross
realized gains and gross realized losses on those sales were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proceeds from Sales
of Available-for-Sale Gross Gross
1995 Securities Gains Losses
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed maturities $ 1,612.3 $ 23.7 $ 33.0
---------------------------------------
Equity securities $ 122.2 $ 23.1 $ 6.9
---------------------------------------
1994
Fixed maturities $ 1,026.2 $ 12.6 $ 21.6
---------------------------------------
Equity securities $ 124.3 $ 17.4 $ 4.5
---------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale and other securities, are
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)
Equity
Fixed Securities
Maturities and Other (1) Total
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1995
Net appreciation (depreciation),
beginning of year $ (89.4) $ 10.4 $ (79.0)
---------------------------------------
Effect of transfer of securities
between classifications:
Net appreciation on available-
for-sale fixed maturities 29.2 -- 29.2
Effect of transfer on deferred
policy acquisition costs and
on policy liabilities (6.8) -- (6.8)
Provision for deferred federal
income taxes and minority
interest (9.6) -- (9.6)
---------------------------------------
12.8 -- 12.8
---------------------------------------
Net appreciation on available-
for-sale securities 465.4 87.5 552.9
Net depreciation from the effect
on deferred policy acquisition
costs and on policy liabilities (86.9) (86.9)
Provision for deferred federal
income taxes and minority interest (193.2) (53.6) (246.8)
---------------------------------------
185.3 33.9 219.2
---------------------------------------
Net appreciation, end of year $ 108.7 $ 44.3 $ 153.0
---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------
1994
Net appreciation, beginning of year $ -- $ 17.5 $ 17.5
---------------------------------------
Cumulative effect of accounting
change:
Net appreciation on available-
for-sale fixed maturities 335.3 -- 335.3
Net depreciation from the effect
of accounting change on
deferred policy acquisition
costs and on policy liabilities (39.2) -- (39.2)
Provision for deferred federal
income taxes and minority
interest (149.1) -- (149.1)
---------------------------------------
147.0 17.5 164.5
---------------------------------------
Net depreciation on available-
for-sale securities (547.9) (17.4) (565.3)
Net appreciation from the effect
on deferred policy acquisition
costs and on policy liabilities 73.2 -- 73.2
Benefit for deferred federal income
taxes and minority interest 238.3 10.3 248.6
---------------------------------------
Net appreciation (depreciation),
end of year $ (89.4) $ 10.4 $ (79.0)
---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) Includes net appreciation on other investments of $6.9 million and $0.6
million in 1995 and 1994, respectively.
11
<PAGE>
B. MORTGAGE LOANS AND REAL ESTATE
FAFLIC's mortgage loans and real estate are diversified by property type and
location. Real estate investments have been obtained primarily through
foreclosure. Mortgage loans are collateralized by the related properties and
generally are no more than 75% of the property's value at the time the original
loan is made.
The carrying values of mortgage loans and real estate investments net of
applicable reserves were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Mortgage loans $ 799.5 $ 1,106.7
-----------------------
Real estate:
Held for sale 168.9 134.5
Held for production of income 10.7 45.8
-----------------------
Total real estate 179.6 180.3
-----------------------
Total mortgage loans and real estate $ 979.1 $ 1,287.0
-----------------------
-----------------------
</TABLE>
Reserves for mortgage loans were $33.8 million and $47.2 million as of
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
During 1995, 1994 and 1993, non-cash investing activities included real
estate acquired through foreclosure of mortgage loans, which had a fair value of
$26.1 million, $39.2 million and $26.7 million, respectively.
At December 31, 1995, contractual commitments to extend credit under
commercial mortgage loan agreements amounted to approximately $8.2 million in
the Closed Block. These commitments generally expire within one year. There
are no contractual commitments to extend credit under commercial mortgage
loan agreements outside the Closed Block.
Mortgage loans and real estate investments comprised the following property
types and geographic regions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Property type:
Office building $ 435.9 $ 553.6
Residential 145.3 207.3
Retail 205.6 246.5
Industrial / warehouse 93.8 144.1
Other 151.9 205.6
Valuation allowances (53.4) (70.1)
-----------------------
Total $ 979.1 $ 1,287.0
-----------------------
-----------------------
Geographic region:
South Atlantic $ 281.4 $ 374.2
Pacific 191.9 238.7
East North Central 118.2 138.5
Middle Atlantic 148.9 151.2
West South Central 79.7 102.3
New England 94.9 103.1
Other 117.5 249.1
Valuation allowances (53.4) (70.1)
-----------------------
Total $ 979.1 $ 1,287.0
-----------------------
-----------------------
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1995, scheduled mortgage loan maturities were as follows:
1996 - $206.1 million; 1997 - $143.7 million; 1998 - $167.4 million; 1999 -
$109.9 million; 2000 - $124.2 million; and $48.2 million thereafter. Actual
maturities could differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have
the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties and loans
may be refinanced. During 1995, the Company refinanced $24.0 million of mortgage
loans based on terms which differed from those granted to new borrowers.
12
<PAGE>
C. INVESTMENT VALUATION ALLOWANCES
Investment valuation allowances which have been deducted in arriving at
investment carrying values as presented in the consolidated balance sheets and
changes thereto are shown below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1995 Balance at Balance at
January 1 Additions Deductions December 31
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Mortgage loans $ 47.2 $ 1.5 $ 14.9 $ 33.8
Real estate 22.9 (0.6) 2.7 19.6
-----------------------------------------------------
Total $ 70.1 $ 0.9 $ 17.6 $ 53.4
-----------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------
1994
Mortgage loans $ 73.8 $ 14.6 $ 41.2 $ 47.2
Real estate 21.0 3.2 1.3 22.9
-----------------------------------------------------
Total $ 94.8 $ 17.8 $ 42.5 $ 70.1
-----------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------
1993
Mortgage loans $ 86.7 $ 4.6 $ 17.5 $ 73.8
Real estate 8.3 12.7 -- 21.0
-----------------------------------------------------
Total $ 95.0 $ 17.3 $ 17.5 $ 94.8
-----------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
D. FUTURES CONTRACTS
FAFLIC purchases and sells futures contracts on margin to hedge against interest
rate fluctuations and their effect on the net cash flows from the sales of
guaranteed investment contracts. The notional amount of such futures contracts
outstanding were $74.7 million and $126.6 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
respectively. Because the Company purchases and sells futures contracts through
brokers who assume the risk of loss, the Company's exposure to credit risk under
futures contracts is limited to the margin deposited with the broker. The
maturity of all futures contracts outstanding are less than one year. The fair
value of futures contracts outstanding were $75.7 million and $126.5 million at
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
Gains and losses on hedge contracts related to interest rate fluctuations
are deferred and recognized in income over the period being hedged corresponding
to related guaranteed investment contracts. Deferred hedging gains and (losses)
were $5.6 million, $(7.7) million, and $6.9 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively. Gains and losses on hedge contracts that are deemed ineffective by
management are realized immediately.
A reconciliation of the notional amount of futures contracts is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994 1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Contracts outstanding,
beginning of year $ 126.6 $ 141.7 $ 120.0
New contracts 343.5 816.0 493.3
Contracts terminated (395.4) (831.1) $ (471.6)
---------------------------------------
Contracts outstanding, end of year $ 74.7 $ 126.6 $ 141.7
---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------
</TABLE>
E. FOREIGN CURRENCY SWAP CONTRACTS
The Company enters into foreign currency swap contracts to hedge exposure to
currency risk on foreign fixed maturity investments. Interest and principal
related to foreign fixed maturity investments payable in foreign currencies, at
current exchange rates, are exchanged for the equivalent payment translated at a
specific currency exchange rate. The Company's maximum exposure to counterparty
credit risk is the difference between the foreign currency exchange rate, as
agreed
13
<PAGE>
upon in the swap contract, and the foreign currency spot rate on the date of the
exchange. The fair values of the foreign currency swap contracts outstanding
were $104.2 million and $117.5 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.
The difference between amounts paid and received on foreign currency swap
contracts is reflected in the net investment income related to the underlying
assets and is not material in 1995, 1994, and 1993. The Company had no deferred
gains or losses on foreign currency swap contracts.
A reconciliation of the notional amount of swap contracts is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994 1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Contracts outstanding, beginning
of year $ 118.7 $ 128.8 $ 95.0
New Contracts -- 5.0 50.8
Contracts expired -- (10.1) (17.0)
Contracts terminated (14.1) (5.0) --
---------------------------------------
Contracts outstanding, end
of year $ 104.6 $ 118.7 $ 128.8
---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Expected maturities of foreign currency swap contracts are $36.0 million in
1996, $28.8 million in 1997, and $39.8 million in 1998 and thereafter.
F. OTHER
At December 31, 1995, FAFLIC had no concentration of investments in a single
investee exceeding 10% of shareholders' equity.
4. INVESTMENT INCOME AND GAINS AND LOSSES
A. NET INVESTMENT INCOME
The components of net investment income were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994 1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed maturities $ 554.0 $ 578.3 $ 601.5
Mortgage loans 97.0 119.9 155.7
Equity securities 16.8 12.1 7.1
Policy loans 20.3 23.3 23.5
Real estate 48.5 44.6 43.4
Other long-term investments 4.4 4.3 2.1
Short-term investments 21.4 9.5 7.4
---------------------------------------
Gross investment income 762.4 792.0 840.7
Less investment expenses (52.3) (48.9) (57.9)
---------------------------------------
Net investment income $ 710.1 $ 743.1 $ 782.8
---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------
</TABLE>
As of December 31, 1995, fixed maturities and mortgage loans on non-accrual
status were $1.4 million and $85.4 million, including restructured loans of
$46.8 million. The effect of non-accruals, compared with amounts that would have
been recognized in accordance with the original terms of the investments, was to
reduce net income by $0.6 million, $5.1 million and $14.0 million in 1995, 1994
and 1993, respectively.
The payment terms of mortgage loans may from time to time be restructured
or modified. The investment in restructured mortgage loans, based on amortized
cost, amounted to $98.9 million , $126.8 million and $167.0 million at
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Interest income on restructured
mortgage loans that would have been recorded in accordance with the original
terms of such loans amounted to $11.1 million, $14.4 million and $18.1 million
in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Actual interest income on these loans
included in net investment income aggregated $7.1 million, $8.2 million and
$10.6 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
At December 31, 1995, fixed maturities with a carrying value of $1.4
million were non-income producing for the twelve months ended December 31, 1995.
There were no mortgage loans which were non-income producing for the twelve
months ended December 31, 1995.
B. REALIZED INVESTMENT GAINS AND LOSSES
Realized gains (losses) on investments were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994 1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Fixed maturities $ (7.0) $ 2.4 $ 48.8
Mortgage loans 1.4 (12.1) (0.5)
Equity securities 16.2 12.4 29.8
Real estate 5.3 1.4 (14.5)
Other 3.2 (3.0) (2.6)
--------------------------------------
Net realized investment gains $ 19.1 $ 1.1 $ 61.0
--------------------------------------
--------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Proceeds from voluntary sales of investments in fixed maturities were
$1,612.3 million, $1,036.5 million and $817.5 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively. Realized gains on such sales were $23.7 million, $12.9 million and
$38.8 million; and realized losses were $33.0 million, $21.6 million and $2.6
million for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
5. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments", requires
disclosure of fair value information about certain financial instruments
(insurance contracts, real estate, goodwill and taxes are excluded) for which it
is practicable to estimate such values, whether or not these instruments are
included in the balance sheet. The fair values presented for certain financial
instruments are estimates
14
<PAGE>
which, in many cases, may differ significantly from the amounts which could be
realized upon immediate liquidation. In cases where market prices are not
available, estimates of fair value are based on discounted cash flow analyses
which utilize current interest rates for similar financial instruments which
have comparable terms and credit quality. Fair values of interest rate futures
were not material at December 31, 1995 and 1994.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
of each class of financial instruments:
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
For these short-term investments, the carrying amount approximates fair value.
FIXED MATURITIES
Fair values are based on quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market
price is not available, fair values are estimated using independent pricing
sources or internally developed pricing models using discounted cash flow
analyses.
EQUITY SECURITIES
Fair values are based on quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market
price is not available, fair values are estimated using independent pricing
sources or internally developed pricing models.
MORTGAGE LOANS
Fair values are estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows using
the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar
credit ratings. The fair value of below investment grade mortgage loans are
limited to the lesser of the present value of the cash flows or book value.
REINSURANCE RECEIVABLES
The carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximates
fair value.
POLICY LOANS
The carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximates
fair value since policy loans have no defined maturity dates and are inseparable
from the insurance contracts.
INVESTMENT CONTRACTS (WITHOUT MORTALITY FEATURES)
Fair values for the Company's liabilities under guaranteed investment type
contracts are estimated using discounted cash flow calculations using current
interest rates for similar contracts with maturities consistent with those
remaining for the contracts being valued. Other liabilities are based on
surrender values.
DEBT
The carrying value of short-term debt reported in the balance sheet approximates
fair value. The fair value of long-term debt was estimated using market quotes,
when available, and, when not available, discounted cash flow analyses.
The estimated fair values of the financial instruments were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
Value Value Value Value
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents $ 236.6 $ 236.6 $ 539.7 $ 539.7
Fixed maturities 7,739.3 7,739.3 7,471.3 7,461.9
Equity securities 517.2 517.2 286.4 286.4
Mortgage loans 799.5 845.4 1,106.7 1,105.8
Policy loans 123.2 123.2 364.9 364.9
------------------------------------------------------------
$ 9,415.8 $ 9,461.7 $ 9,769.0 $ 9,758.7
------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Guaranteed investment contracts $ 1,632.8 $ 1,677.0 $ 2,170.6 $ 2,134.0
Supplemental contracts without life contingencies 24.4 24.4 25.3 25.3
Dividend accumulations 86.2 86.2 84.5 84.5
Other individual contract deposit funds 95.7 92.8 111.3 108.0
Other group contract deposit funds 894.0 902.8 980.3 969.6
Individual annuity contracts 966.3 810.0 988.9 870.6
Short-term debt 28.0 28.0 32.8 32.8
Long-term debt 2.8 2.9 2.7 2.7
------------------------------------------------------------
$ 3,730.2 $ 3,624.1 $ 4,396.4 $ 4,227.5
------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
15
<PAGE>
6. CLOSED BLOCK
Included in other income in the Consolidated Statement of Income in 1995 is a
net pre-tax contribution from the Closed Block of $2.9 million. Summarized
financial information of the Closed Block as of September 30, 1995 (date used to
estimate financial information for the date of establishment of October 16,
1995) and December 31, 1995 and for the period October 1, 1995 through December
31, 1995 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In millions) 1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31 September 30
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
Fixed maturities, at fair value
(amortized cost of $447.4 and
$313.3, respectively) $ 458.0 $ 318.4
Mortgage loans 57.1 61.6
Policy loans 242.4 245.3
Cash and cash equivalents 17.6 12.3
Accrued investment income 16.6 15.3
Deferred policy acquisition costs 24.5 24.8
Other assets 2.7 6.4
-----------------------
Total assets $ 818.9 $ 684.1
-----------------------
-----------------------
Liabilities
Policy liabilities and accruals $ 899.2 $ 894.3
Other liabilities 2.8 4.2
-----------------------
Total liabilities $ 902.0 $ 898.5
-----------------------
-----------------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Period from October 1 through December 31
(In millions) 1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Revenues
Premiums $ 11.5
Net investment income 12.8
---------
Total revenues 24.3
---------
Benefits and expenses
Policy benefits 20.6
Policy acquisition expenses 0.8
---------
Total benefits and expenses 21.4
---------
Contribution from the Closed Block $ 2.9
---------
---------
Cash flows
Cash flows from operating activities:
Contribution from the Closed Block $ 2.9
Initial cash transferred to the Closed Block 139.7
Change in deferred policy acquisition costs, net 0.4
Change in premiums and other receivables (0.1)
Change in policy liabilities and accruals 2.0
Change in accrued investment income (1.3)
Other, net 0.8
---------
Net cash provided by operating activities 144.4
---------
---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Sales, maturities and repayments of investments 29.0
Purchases of investments (158.8)
Other, net 3.0
---------
Net cash used by investing activities (126.8)
---------
Change in cash and cash equivalents and ending balance $ 17.6
---------
---------
</TABLE>
On October 16, 1995, there were no valuation allowances transferred to the
Closed Block on mortgage loans. There are no valuation allowances on mortgage
loans at December 31, 1995.
Many expenses related to Closed Block operations are charged to operations
outside the Closed Block; accordingly, the contribution from the Closed Block
does not represent the actual profitability of the Closed Block operations.
Operating costs and expenses outside of the Closed Block are, therefore,
disproportionate to the business outside the Closed Block.
16
<PAGE>
7. DEBT
Short- and long-term debt consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Short-Term
Commercial paper $ 27.7 $ 32.8
Other 0.3 --
-----------------------
Total short-term debt $ 28.0 $ 32.8
-----------------------
-----------------------
Long-term debt $ 2.8 $ 2.7
-----------------------
-----------------------
</TABLE>
FAFLIC issues commercial paper primarily to manage imbalances between
operating cash flows and existing commitments. Commercial paper borrowing
arrangements are supported by various lines of credit. As of December 31, 1995,
the weighted average interest rate for outstanding commercial paper was 5.8%.
As of December 31, 1995, FAFLIC had approximately $245.0 million in
committed lines of credit provided by U.S. banks, of which $217.3 million was
available for borrowing. These lines of credit generally have terms of less than
one year, and require the Company to pay annual commitment fees ranging from
0.10% to 0.125% of the available credit. Interest that would be charged for
usage of these lines of credit is based upon negotiated arrangements.
Interest expense was $4.1 million, $4.3 million and $1.6 million in 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively.
In October, 1995, AFC issued $200.0 million face amount of Senior
Debentures for proceeds of $197.2 million net of discounts and issuance costs.
These securities have an effective interest rate of 7.65%, and mature on October
16, 2025. Interest is payable semiannually on October 15 and April 15 of each
year. The Senior Debentures are subject to certain restrictive covenants,
including limitations on issuance of or disposition of stock of restricted
subsidiaries and limitations on liens. AFC is in compliance with all covenants.
The primary source of cash for repayment of the debt by AFC is dividends from
FAFLIC.
8. FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
Provisions for federal income taxes have been calculated in accordance with the
provisions of SFAS No. 109. A summary of the federal income tax expense
(benefit) in the consolidated statements of income is shown below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994 1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Federal income tax expense (benefit)
Current $ 119.7 $ 45.4 $ 95.1
Deferred (37.0) 8.0 (20.4)
---------------------------------------
Total $ 82.7 $ 53.4 $ 74.7
---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The federal income taxes attributable to the consolidated results of
operations are different from the amounts determined by multiplying income
before federal income taxes by the expected federal income tax rate. The sources
of the difference and the tax effects of each were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994 1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Expected federal income tax
expense $ 105.6 $ 53.7 $ 138.2
Tax-exempt interest (32.2) (35.9) (32.8)
Differential earnings amount (7.6) 35.0 (10.9)
Non-taxable gain -- -- (22.0)
Dividend received deduction (4.0) (2.5) (1.3)
Foreign tax credit (0.7) (0.8) (0.9)
Changes in tax reserve estimates 19.3 4.0 3.5
Other, net 2.3 (0.1) 0.9
---------------------------------------
Federal income tax expense $ 82.7 $ 53.4 $ 74.7
---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Until conversion to a stock life insurance company, FAFLIC, as a mutual
company, reduced its deduction for policyholder dividends by the differential
earnings amount. This amount was computed, for each tax year, by multiplying the
average equity base of the FAFLIC/AFLIAC consolidated group, as determined for
tax purposes, by the estimate of an excess of an imputed earnings rate over the
average mutual life insurance companies' earnings rate. The differential
earnings amount for each tax year was subsequently recomputed when actual
earnings rates were published by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). For its
1995 federal income tax return, FAFLIC has estimated that there will be no tax
effect from a differential earnings amount, including the expected effect of
future recomputations by the IRS. As a stock life company, FAFLIC is no longer
required to reduce its policyholder dividend deduction by the differential
earnings amount.
17
<PAGE>
The deferred income tax asset represents the tax effects of temporary
differences attributable to Allmerica P&C, a separate consolidated group for
federal tax return purposes. Its components were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax (assets) liabilities
AMT carryforwards $ (9.8) $ (11.9)
Loss reserve discounting (178.3) (187.6)
Deferred acquisition costs 55.1 54.2
Employee benefit plans (25.5) (22.0)
Investments, net 77.4 (22.7)
Fixed assets 2.5 4.5
Bad debt reserve (1.8) (1.8)
Other, net (0.8) (1.8)
------------------------
Deferred tax asset, net $ (81.2) $ (189.1)
------------------------
------------------------
</TABLE>
The deferred income tax liability represents the tax effects of temporary
differences attributable to the FAFLIC/AFLIAC consolidated federal tax return
group. Its components were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax (assets) liabilities
NOL carryforwards $ -- $ (3.3)
AMT carryforwards -- (1.5)
Loss reserve discounting (129.1) (118.2)
Deferred acquisition costs 169.7 199.0
Differential earnings amount -- 27.7
Employee benefit plans (14.6) (15.4)
Investments, net 67.0 (30.9)
Fixed assets (1.7) (0.9)
Bad debt reserve (26.3) (27.9)
Other, net (17.2) (14.8)
------------------------
Deferred tax liability, net $ 47.8 $ 13.8
------------------------
------------------------
</TABLE>
Gross deferred income tax assets totaled $405.1 million and $460.7 million
at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Gross deferred income tax
liabilities totaled $371.1 million and $285.4 million at December 31, 1995 and
1994, respectively.
Management believes, based on the Company's recent earnings history and its
future expectations, that the Company's taxable income in future years will be
sufficient to realize all deferred tax assets. In determining the adequacy of
future income, management considered the future reversal of its existing
temporary differences and available tax planning strategies that could be
implemented, if necessary. At December 31, 1995, there are no available non-life
net operating loss carryforwards, and there are available alternative minimum
tax credit carryforwards of $9.8 million.
The Company's federal income tax returns are routinely audited by the IRS,
and provisions are routinely made in the financial statements in anticipation of
the results of these audits. The IRS has examined the FAFLIC/AFLIAC consolidated
group's federal income tax returns through 1988. The IRS has also examined the
Allmerica P&C consolidated group's federal income tax returns through 1988.
Deficiencies asserted with respect to tax years 1977 through 1981 have been paid
and recorded, and the Company has filed a recomputation of such years with
appeals claiming a refund with respect to certain agreed upon issues. The
Company is currently considering its response to certain adjustments proposed by
the IRS with respect to FAFLIC/AFLIAC's federal income tax returns for 1982 and
1983, and to possible adjustments under consideration by the IRS with respect to
Allmerica P&C's federal income tax returns for 1989, 1990, and 1991. If upheld,
these adjustments would result in additional payments; however, the Company will
vigorously defend its position with respect to these adjustments. In
management's opinion, adequate tax liabilities have been established for all
years. However, the amount of these tax liabilities could be revised in the near
term if estimates of the Company's ultimate liability are revised.
9. PENSION PLANS
FAFLIC provides retirement benefits to substantially all of its employees under
three separate defined benefit pension plans. Through December 31, 1994,
retirement benefits were based primarily on employees' years of service and
compensation during the highest five consecutive plan years of employment.
Benefits under this defined benefit formula were frozen for most employees (but
not for eligible agents) effective December 31, 1994. In their place, the
Company adopted a defined benefit cash balance formula, under which the Company
annually provides an allocation to each eligible employee as a percentage of
that employee's salary, similar to a defined contribution plan arrangement. The
1995 allocation was based on 7.0% of each eligible employee's salary.
Continuation of the defined benefit cash balance formula is subject to the
resolution of certain technical issues, and may be subject to receipt of a
favorable determination letter from the IRS that the Company's pension plans, as
amended to reflect the cash balance formula, will continue to satisfy the
requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company's
policy for the plans is to fund at least the minimum amount required by the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
18
<PAGE>
Components of net pension expense were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994 1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost - benefits earned
during the year $ 19.7 $ 13.0 $ 9.8
Interest accrued on projected
benefit obligations 21.1 20.0 16.9
Actual return on assets (89.3) (2.6) (15.1)
Net amortization and deferral 66.1 (16.3) (5.8)
--------------------------------------
Net pension expense $ 17.6 $ 14.1 $ 5.8
--------------------------------------
--------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The following table summarizes the combined status of the three pension
plans. At December 31, 1995 and 1994, each plan's projected benefit obligation
exceeded its assets.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit
obligations:
Vested benefit obligation $ 325.6 $ 221.7
Unvested benefit obligation 5.0 3.5
-----------------------
Accumulated benefit obligation $ 330.6 $ 225.2
-----------------------
-----------------------
Pension liability included in
Consolidated Balance Sheets:
Projected benefit obligation $ 367.1 $ 254.6
Plan assets at fair value 321.2 239.7
-----------------------
Plan assets less than projected
benefit obligation (45.9) (14.9)
Unrecognized net loss from
past experience 48.8 42.3
Unrecognized prior service benefit (13.8) (17.3)
Unamortized transition asset (26.5) (28.3)
-----------------------
Net pension liability $ (37.4) $ (18.2)
-----------------------
-----------------------
</TABLE>
Determination of the projected benefit obligations was based on a weighted
average discount rate of 7.0% in 1995 and 8.5% in 1994, and the assumed
long-term rate of return on plan assets was 9%. The actuarial present value of
the projected benefit obligations was determined using assumed rates of increase
in future compensation levels ranging from 5.5% to 6.5%. The effect of changes
in actuarial assumptions, including the decrease in the weighted average
discount rate, was an increase in the Company's projected benefit obligation of
$76.7 million at December 31, 1995. Plan assets are invested primarily in
various separate accounts and the general account of FAFLIC. The plans also hold
stock of AFC.
The Company has a profit sharing and 401(k) plan for its employees.
Effective for plan years beginning after 1994, the profit sharing formula for
employees has been discontinued and a 401(k) match feature has been added to the
continuing 401(k) plan for the employees. Total plan expense in 1995, 1994 and
1993 was $5.2 million, $12.6 million and $22.6 million, respectively. In
addition to this Plan, the Company has a defined contribution plan for
substantially all of its agents. The Plan expense in 1995, 1994 and 1993 was
$3.5 million, $2.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively.
10. OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS
In addition to the Company's pension plans, the Company currently provides
postretirement medical and death benefits to certain full-time employees and
dependents, under several plans sponsored by FAFLIC, Hanover and Citizens.
Generally, employees become eligible at age 55 with at least 15 years of
service. Spousal coverage is generally provided for up to two years after death
of the retiree. Benefits include hospital, major medical and a payment at death
equal to retirees' final compensation up to certain limits. Effective January 1,
1996, the Company revised these benefits so as to establish limits on future
benefit payments and to restrict eligibility to current employees. The medical
plans have varying copayments and deductibles, depending on the plan. These
plans are unfunded.
Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No.
106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions".
SFAS No. 106 requires employers to recognize the costs and obligations of
postretirement benefits other than pensions over the period ending with the date
an employee is fully eligible to receive benefits. Previously, such costs were
generally recognized as expenses when paid. The adoption increased accrued
liabilities by $69.1 million. The effect on the consolidated income statement
was $35.4 million, net of tax of $23.5 million and minority interest of $10.2
million, reported as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.
The ongoing effect of adopting the new standard increased 1993 net periodic
postretirement benefit expense by $6.6 million, and decreased net income by $4.3
million.
19
<PAGE>
The plans' funded status reconciled with amounts recognized in the
Company's consolidated balance sheet were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
Retirees $ 44.9 $ 35.2
Fully eligible active plan participants 14.0 15.2
Other active plan participants 45.9 38.5
-----------------------
104.8 88.9
Plan assets at fair value -- --
-----------------------
Accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation in excess of plan assets 104.8 88.9
Unrecognized loss 13.4 4.7
-----------------------
Accrued postretirement benefit costs $ 91.4 $ 84.2
-----------------------
-----------------------
</TABLE>
The components of net periodic postretirement benefit expense were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994 1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <S> <C> <C>
Service cost $ 4.2 $ 6.6 $ 3.8
Interest cost 6.9 6.9 5.7
Amortization of (gain) loss (0.5) 1.4 --
-------------------------------------
Net periodic postretirement
benefit expense $ 10.6 $ 14.9 $ 9.5
-------------------------------------
-------------------------------------
</TABLE>
For purposes of measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
at December 31, 1995, health care costs were assumed to increase 10% in 1996,
declining thereafter until the ultimate rate of 5.5% is reached in 2001 and
remains at that level thereafter. The health care cost trend rate assumption has
a significant effect on the amounts reported. For example, increasing the
assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage point in each year would
increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 1995
by $10.1 million, and the aggregate of the service and interest cost components
of net periodic postretirement benefit expense for 1995 by $1.2 million.
The weighted-average discount rate used in determining the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation at January 1, 1993 was 8.5%. The rate was 7.0%
and 8.5% at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The effect of changes in
actuarial assumptions, including the decrease in the weighted average discount
rate, was an increase in the Company's accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation of $15.1 million at December 31, 1995.
11. POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS
Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 112, (SFAS No. 112), "Employers' Accounting
for Postemployment Benefits", which requires employers to recognize the costs
and obligations of severance, disability and related life insurance and health
care benefits to be paid to inactive or former employees after employment but
before retirement. Prior to adoption, the Company had recognized the cost of
these benefits on an accrual or paid basis, depending on the plan.
Implementation of SFAS No. 112 resulted in a transition obligation of $1.9
million, net of federal income taxes and minority interest, and is reported as a
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the consolidated
statement of income. The impact of this accounting change, after recognition of
the cumulative effect, was not significant.
12. DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS
Massachusetts, Delaware, New Hampshire and Michigan have enacted laws governing
the payment of dividends to stockholders by insurers. These laws affect the
dividend paying ability of FAFLIC, AFLIAC, Hanover and Citizens, respectively.
Massachusetts' statute limits the dividends an insurer may pay in any
twelve month period, without the prior permission of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts Insurance Commissioner, to the greater of (i) 10% of its statutory
policyholder surplus as of the preceding December 31 or (ii) the individual
company's statutory net gain from operations for the preceding calendar year (if
such insurer is a life company), or its net income for the preceding calendar
year (if such insurer is not a life company). In addition, under Massachusetts
law, no domestic insurer shall pay a dividend or make any distribution to its
shareholders from other than unassigned funds unless the Commissioner shall have
approved such dividend or distribution. At January 1, 1996, FAFLIC could pay
dividends of $144.9 million to AFC without prior approval of the Commissioner.
Dividends from FAFLIC to AFC will be the primary source of cash for
repayment of the debt by AFC and payment of dividends to AFC stockholders.
Pursuant to Delaware's statute, the maximum amount of dividends and other
distributions that an insurer may pay in any twelve month period, without the
prior approval of the Delaware Commissioner of
20
<PAGE>
Insurance, is limited to the greater of (i) 10% of its policyholders' surplus as
of the preceding December 31 or (ii) the individual company's statutory net gain
from operations for the preceding calendar year (if such insurer is a life
company) or its net income (not including realized capital gains) for the
preceding calendar year (if such insurer is not a life company). Any dividends
to be paid by an insurer, whether or not in excess of the aforementioned
threshold, from a source other than statutory earned surplus would also require
the prior approval of the Delaware Commissioner of Insurance. At January 1,
1996, AFLIAC could pay dividends of $4.3 million to FAFLIC without prior
approval.
Pursuant to New Hampshire's statute, the maximum dividends and other
distributions that an insurer may pay in any twelve month period, without the
prior approval of the New Hampshire Insurance Commissioner, is limited to 10% of
such insurer's statutory policyholder surplus as of the preceding December 31.
At January 1, 1996, the maximum dividend and other distributions that could be
paid to Allmerica P&C by Hanover, without prior approval of the Insurance
Commissioner, was approximately $72.8 million.
Pursuant to Michigan's statute, the maximum dividends and other
distributions that an insurer may pay in any twelve month period, without prior
approval of the Michigan Insurance Commissioner, is limited to the greater of
10% of policyholders' surplus as of December 31 of the immediately preceding
year or the statutory net income less realized gains, for the immediately
preceding calendar year. At January 1, 1996, Citizens Insurance could pay
dividends of $45.6 million to Citizens Corporation without prior approval.
13. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company offers financial products and services in two major areas: Risk
Management and Retirement and Asset Management. Within these broad areas, the
Company conducts business principally in five operating segments.
The Risk Management group includes two segments: Regional Property and
Casualty and Corporate Risk Management Services. The Regional Property and
Casualty segment includes property and casualty insurance products, such as
automobile insurance, homeowners insurance, commercial multiple-peril insurance,
and workers' compensation insurance. These products are offered by Allmerica P&C
through its operating subsidiaries, Hanover and Citizens. Substantially all of
the Regional Property and Casualty segment's earnings are generated in Michigan
and the Northeast (Connecticut, Massachusetts, New York, New Jersey, New
Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont and Maine). The Corporate Risk Management
Services segment, formerly known as the Employee Benefit Services segment,
includes group life and health insurance products and services which assist
employers in administering employee benefit programs and in managing the related
risks.
The Retirement and Asset Management group includes three segments: Retail
Financial Services, Institutional Services and Allmerica Asset Management. The
Retail Financial Services segment, formerly known as the Individual Financial
Services segment, includes variable annuities, variable universal life-type,
traditional and health insurance products distributed via retail channels to
individuals across the country. The Institutional Services segment includes
primarily group retirement products such as 401(k) plans, tax-sheltered
annuities and GIC contracts which are distributed to institutions across the
country via work-site marketing and other arrangements. Allmerica Asset
Management, formerly included in the results of the Institutional Services
segment, is a Registered Investment Advisor which provides investment advisory
services to other institutions, such as insurance companies and pension plans.
21
<PAGE>
Summarized below is financial information with respect to business segments
for the year ended and as of December 31.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In millions) 1995 1994 1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Risk Management
Regional Property and Casualty $ 2,095.1 $ 2,004.8 $ 2,051.1
Corporate Risk Management 328.5 302.4 296.0
-----------------------------------------
Subtotal 2,423.6 2,307.2 2,347.1
-----------------------------------------
Retirement and Asset Management
Retail Financial Services 486.7 507.9 524.0
Institutional Services 344.1 397.9 382.0
Allmerica Asset Management 4.4 4.0 -
-----------------------------------------
Subtotal 835.2 909.8 906.0
Eliminations (20.3) (21.9) (13.9)
-----------------------------------------
Total $ 3,238.5 $ 3,195.1 $ 3,239.2
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
Income (loss) from continuing
operations before income taxes:
Risk Management
Regional Property and Casualty $ 206.3 $ 113.1 $ 331.3
Corporate Risk Management 18.3 19.9 18.1
-----------------------------------------
Subtotal 224.6 133.0 349.4
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
Retirement and Asset Management
Retail Financial Services 35.2 14.2 61.6
Institutional Services 42.8 4.4 (16.1)
Allmerica Asset Management 2.3 1.9 --
-----------------------------------------
Subtotal 80.3 20.5 45.5
-----------------------------------------
Total $ 304.9 $ 153.5 $ 394.9
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
Identifiable assets:
Risk Management
Regional Property and Casualty $ 5,741.8 $ 5,408.7 $ 5,198.1
Corporate Risk Management 458.9 386.3 367.6
-----------------------------------------
Subtotal 6,200.7 5,795.0 5,565.7
-----------------------------------------
Retirement and Asset Management
Retail Financial Services 7,218.7 5,639.8 5,104.5
Institutional Services 4,280.9 4,484.5 4,708.2
Allmerica Asset Management 2.1 2.2 --
-----------------------------------------
Subtotal 11,501.7 10,126.5 9,812.7
-----------------------------------------
Total $ 17,702.4 $ 15,921.5 $ 15,378.4
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
</TABLE>
14. LEASE COMMITMENTS
Rental expenses for operating leases, principally with respect to buildings,
amounted to $36.4 million, $35.2 million and $31.9 million in 1995, 1994 and
1993, respectively. At December 31, 1995, future minimum rental payments under
non-cancelable operating leases were approximately $84.6 million, payable as
follows: 1996 - $29.4 million; 1997 - $21.5 million; 1998 - $14.6 million; 1999
- - $8.7 million; 2000 - $5.5 million; and $4.9 million thereafter.
15. REINSURANCE
In the normal course of business, the Company seeks to reduce the loss that may
arise from catastrophes or other events that cause unfavorable underwriting
results by reinsuring certain levels of risk in various areas of exposure with
other insurance enterprises or reinsurers. Reinsurance transactions are
accounted for in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 113.
Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent
with the claim liability associated with the reinsured policy. Reinsurance
contracts do not relieve the Company from its obligations to policyholders.
Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the
Company; consequently, allowances are established for amounts deemed
uncollectible. The Company determines the appropriate amount of reinsurance
based on evaluation of the risks accepted and analyses prepared by consultants
and reinsurers and on market conditions (including the availability and pricing
of reinsurance). The Company also believes that the terms of its reinsurance
contracts are consistent with industry practice in that they contain standard
terms with respect to lines of business covered, limit and retention,
arbitration and occurrence. Based on its review of its reinsurers' financial
statements and reputations in the reinsurance marketplace, the Company believes
that its reinsurers are financially sound.
The Company is subject to concentration of risk with respect to reinsurance
ceded to various residual market mechanisms. As a condition to the ability to
conduct certain business in various states, the Company is required to
participate in various residual market mechanisms and pooling arrangements which
provide various insurance coverages to individuals or other entities that are
otherwise unable to purchase such coverage voluntarily provided by private
insurers. These market mechanisms and pooling arrangements include the
Massachusetts Commonwealth Automobile Reinsurers ("CAR"), the Maine Workers'
Compensation Residual
22
<PAGE>
Market Pool ("MWCRP") and the Michigan Catastrophic Claims Association ("MCCA").
As of December 31, 1995, the MCCA and CAR were the only two reinsurers which
represented 10% or more of the Company's reinsurance business. As a servicing
carrier in Massachusetts, the Company cedes a significant portion of its private
passenger and commercial automobile premiums to CAR. Net premiums earned and
losses and loss adjustment expenses ceded to CAR in 1995, 1994 and 1993 were
$49.1 million and $37.9 million, $50.0 million and $34.6 million, and $45.0
million and $31.7 million, respectively.
From 1988 through 1992, the Company was a servicing carrier in Maine, and
ceded a significant portion of its workers' compensation premiums to the Maine
Workers' Compensation Residual Market Pool, which is administered by The
National Council on Compensation Insurance ("NCCI"). The Company is currently
involved in legal proceedings regarding the MWCRP's deficit which through a
legislated settlement issued on June 23, 1995 provided for an initial funding of
$220.0 million, of which the insurance carriers were responsible for $65.0
million. Hanover paid its allocation of $4.2 million in December 1995. Some of
the small carriers are currently appealing this decision. The Company's right to
recover reinsurance balances for claims properly paid is not at issue in any
such proceedings. The Company expects to collect its reinsurance balance;
however, funding of the cash flow needs of the MWCRP may in the future be
affected by issues related to certain litigation, the outcome of which the
Company cannot predict. The Company ceded to MCCA net premiums earned and losses
and loss adjustment expenses in 1995, 1994 and 1993 of $66.8 million and $62.9
million, $80.0 million and $24.2 million, and $76.4 million and $126.8 million,
respectively. Because the MCCA is supported by assessments permitted by statute,
and all amounts billed by the Company to CAR, MWCRP and MCCA have been paid when
due, the Company believes that it has no significant exposure to uncollectible
reinsurance balances.
The effects of reinsurance were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994 1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Life insurance premiums:
Direct $ 438.9 $ 447.2 $ 453.0
Assumed 71.0 54.3 31.3
Ceded (150.3) (111.0) (83.2)
----------------------------------------
Net premiums $ 359.6 $ 390.5 $ 401.1
----------------------------------------
----------------------------------------
Property and casualty
premiums written:
Direct $ 2,039.4 $ 1,992.4 $ 1,906.2
Assumed 125.0 128.6 106.3
Ceded (279.1) (298.1) (267.4)
----------------------------------------
Net premiums $ 1,885.3 $ 1,822.9 $ 1,745.1
----------------------------------------
----------------------------------------
Property and casualty
premiums earned:
Direct $ 2,021.7 $ 1,967.1 $ 1,870.1
Assumed 137.7 116.1 114.8
Ceded (296.2) (291.9) (306.7)
----------------------------------------
Net premiums $ 1,863.2 $ 1,791.3 $ 1,678.2
----------------------------------------
----------------------------------------
Life insurance and other individual
policy benefits, claims, losses and
loss adjustment expenses:
Direct $ 749.6 $ 773.0 $ 819.4
Assumed 38.5 28.9 6.8
Ceded (69.5) (61.6) (38.4)
----------------------------------------
Net policy benefits, claims, losses
and loss adjustment expenses $ 718.6 $ 740.3 $ 787.8
----------------------------------------
----------------------------------------
Property and casualty benefits,
claims, losses and loss
adjustment expenses:
Direct $ 1,372.7 $ 1,364.4 $ 1,310.3
Assumed 146.1 102.7 98.8
Ceded (229.1) (160.4) (209.7)
----------------------------------------
Net policy benefits, claims, losses
and loss adjustment expenses $ 1,289.7 $ 1,306.7 $ 1,199.4
----------------------------------------
----------------------------------------
</TABLE>
23
<PAGE>
16. DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION EXPENSES
The following reflects the amount of policy acquisition expenses deferred and
amortized:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994 1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at beginning of year $ 802.8 $ 746.9 $ 700.4
Acquisition expenses deferred 504.8 510.3 482.3
Amortized to expense
during the year (470.3) (475.7) (435.8)
Adjustment to equity
during the year (50.4) 21.3 --
Transferred to the Closed Block (24.8) -- --
Adjustment for cession of
term life insurance (26.4) -- --
---------------------------------------
Balance at end of year $ 735.7 $ 802.8 $ 746.9
---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------
</TABLE>
17. LIABILITIES FOR OUTSTANDING CLAIMS, LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES
The Company regularly updates its estimates at liabilities for outstanding
claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses as new information becomes available
and further events occur which may impact the resolution of unsettled claims for
its property and casualty and its accident and health lines of business. Changes
in prior estimates are reflected in results of operations in the year such
changes are determined to be needed and recorded.
The liability for outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses
related to the Company's accident and health business was $375.9 million, $305.0
million and $276.3 million at December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
Accident and health claim liabilities have been re-estimated for all prior years
and were increased by $26.4 million, $6.5 million and $12.7 million in 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively. Unfavorable development in the accident and health
business during 1995 is primarily due to reserve strengthening and adverse
experience in the Company's individual disability line of business.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending
property and casualty reserve for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
(LAE):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Years Ended December 31
(In millions) 1995 1994 1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Reserve for losses and LAE,
beginning of year $ 2,821.7 $ 2,717.3 $ 2,598.9
Incurred losses and LAE, net
of reinsurance recoverable:
Provision for insured events of
the current year 1,427.3 1,434.8 1,268.2
Decrease in provision for insured
events of prior years (137.6) (128.1) (68.8)
----------------------------------------
Total incurred losses and LAE 1,289.7 1,306.7 1,199.4
----------------------------------------
Payments, net of reinsurance
recoverable:
Losses and LAE attributable to
insured events of current year 652.2 650.2 523.5
Losses and LAE attributable to
insured events of prior years 614.3 566.9 564.3
----------------------------------------
Total payments 1,266.5 1,217.1 1,087.8
----------------------------------------
Less reserves assumed by purchaser
of Beacon -- -- (28.8)
----------------------------------------
Change in reinsurance recoverable
on unpaid losses 51.1 14.8 35.6
----------------------------------------
Reserve for losses and LAE,
end of year $ 2,896.0 $ 2,821.7 $ 2,717.3
----------------------------------------
----------------------------------------
</TABLE>
As part of an ongoing process, the property and casualty reserves have been
re-estimated for all prior accident years and were decreased by $137.6 million,
$128.1 million and $68.8 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. The
increase in favorable development on prior years' reserves of $9.5 million in
1995 results primarily from a $34.6 million increase in favorable development at
Citizens. Favorable development in Citizens' personal automobile and workers'
compensation lines increased $16.6 million and $15.5 million, to favorable
development of $4.4 million and $32.7 million, respectively. Hanover's favorable
development, not including the effect of voluntary and involuntary pools, was
relatively unchanged at $90.2 million in 1995 compared to $91.7 million in 1994.
Favorable development in Hanover's workers' compensation line increased $27.7
million to $31.0 million during 1995. This was offset by decreases of $14.6
million and
24
<PAGE>
$12.6 million, to $45.5 million and $0.1 million, in the personal automobile
and commercial multiple peril lines, respectively. Favorable development in
Hanover's voluntary and involuntary pools decreased $23.6 million to $0.4
million during 1995.
The increase in favorable development on prior years' reserves of $59.3
million in 1994 primarily results from an increase in favorable development in
the voluntary and involuntary pools of $47.0 million in 1994. The remainder of
the favorable reserve development in 1994 is the result of favorable severity
trends, primarily in the personal automobile and commercial multiple peril
lines.
This favorable development reflects the Regional Property and Casualty
subsidiaries' reserving philosophy consistently applied over these periods.
Conditions and trends that have affected development of the loss and LAE
reserves in the past may not necessarily occur in the future.
Due to the nature of business written by the Regional Property and Casualty
subsidiaries, the exposure to environmental liabilities is relatively small.
Losses and LAE reserves related to environmental damage and toxic tort
liability, included in the total reserve for losses and LAE, were $28.6 million
and $19.4 million, net of reinsurance of $8.4 million and $8.1 million, at the
end of 1995 and 1994, respectively. During 1995, the Regional Property and
Casualty subsidiaries redefined their environmental liabilities in conformity
with new guidelines issued by the NAIC. The 1994 liability has been conformed to
the 1995 presentation. This had no impact on results of operations. Management
believes that, notwithstanding the evolution of case law expanding such
liability, recorded reserves for environmental liability are adequate, and is
not aware of any litigation or pending claims that may result in additional
material liabilities in excess of recorded reserves. During 1995, Hanover
performed an actuarial review of its environmental reserves. This resulted in
Hanover's providing additional reserves for "IBNR" (incurred but not reported)
claims, in addition to existing reserves for reported claims. At Citizens,
environmental reserves are primarily related to reported claims. Although these
claims are not material, their existence gives rise to uncertainty and is
discussed because of the possibility, however remote, that they may become
material. The environmental liability could be revised in the near term if the
estimates used in determining the liability are revised.
18. MINORITY INTEREST
The Company's interest in Allmerica P&C, is represented by ownership of 58.3%,
57.4% and 57.4% of the outstanding shares of common stock at December 31, 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively. Earnings and shareholders' equity attributable to
minority shareholders are included in minority interest in the consolidated
financial statements.
19. CONTINGENCIES
REGULATORY AND INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENTS
Unfavorable economic conditions have contributed to an increase in the number of
insurance companies that are under regulatory supervision. This is expected to
result in an increase in mandatory assessments by state guaranty funds, or
voluntary payments by, solvent insurance companies to cover losses to
policyholders of insolvent or rehabilitated companies. Mandatory assessments,
which are subject to statutory limits, can be partially recovered through a
reduction in future premium taxes in some states. The Company is not able to
reasonably estimate the potential effect on it of any such future assessments or
voluntary payments.
LITIGATION
On June 23, 1995, the governor of Maine approved a legislative settlement for
the Maine Workers' Compensation Residual Market Pool deficit for the years 1988
through 1992. The settlement provides for an initial funding of $220.0 million
toward the deficit. The insurance carriers are liable for $65.0 million payable
on or before January 1, 1996, and employers will contribute $110.0 million
payable through surcharges on premiums over the course of the next ten years.
The major insurers are responsible for 90% of the $65.0 million. Hanover's
allocated share of the settlement is approximately $4.2 million, which was paid
in December 1995. The remainder of the deficit of $45.0 million will be paid by
the Maine Guaranty Fund Surplus payable in quarterly contributions over ten
years. The smaller carriers have recently filed litigation to appeal the
settlement. The Company believes that adequate reserves have been established
for any additional liability.
The Company has been named a defendant in various other legal proceedings
arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, based on
the advice of legal counsel, the ultimate resolution of these proceedings will
not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
However, liabilities related to these proceedings could be established in the
near term if estimates of the ultimate resolution of these proceedings are
revised.
RESIDUAL MARKETS
The Company is required to participate in residual markets in various states.
The results of the residual markets are not subject to the predictability
associated with the Company's own managed business, and are significant to the
workers' compensation line of business and both the private passenger and
commercial automobile lines of business.
25
<PAGE>
20. STATUTORY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The insurance subsidiaries are required to file annual statements with state
regulatory authorities prepared on an accounting basis prescribed or permitted
by such authorities (statutory basis). Statutory surplus differs from
shareholders' equity reported in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles for stock life insurance companies primarily because policy
acquisition costs are expensed when incurred, investment reserves are based on
different assumptions, postretirement benefit costs are based on different
assumptions and reflect a different method of adoption, life insurance reserves
are based on different assumptions and income tax expense reflects only taxes
paid or currently payable. Statutory net income and surplus are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In millions) 1995 1994 1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory net income (Unconsolidated)
Property and Casualty Companies $ 139.8 $ 74.5 $ 166.8
Life and Health Companies 134.3 40.7 114.8
----------------------------------------
Statutory Shareholders'
Surplus (Unconsolidated)
Property and Casualty Companies $ 1,151.7 $ 989.8 $ 960.1
Life and Health Companies 965.6 465.3 526.4
----------------------------------------
</TABLE>
21. QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
The quarterly results of operations for 1995 and 1994 are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For the Three Months Ended
(In millions)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1995 March 31 June 30 Sept. 30 Dec. 31
Total revenues $ 841.4 $ 793.4 $ 819.2 $ 784.5
------------------------------------------------------
Income before extraordinary item $ 39.2 $ 29.9 $ 34.8 $ 45.2
Extraordinary item - demutualization expenses (2.5) (3.5) (4.7) (1.4)
------------------------------------------------------
Net income $ 36.7 $ 26.4 $ 30.1 $ 43.8
------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
1994
Total revenues $ 815.4 $ 786.8 $ 799.3 $ 793.6
------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item $ (10.9) $ 15.7 $ 26.6 $ 17.7
Extraordinary item - demutualization expenses (1.6) (2.5) (2.8) (2.3)
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles (1.9) -- -- --
------------------------------------------------------
Net income $ (14.4) $ 13.2 $ 23.8 $ 15.4
------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
26
<PAGE>
PART C. OTHER INFORMATION
Item 24. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.
(a) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN PART A
None
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN PART B
Financial Statements for First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
Company
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN PART C
None
(b) EXHIBITS
Exhibit 1 - Vote of Board of Directors Authorizing Establishment of
Registrant dated June 13, 1996 was previously filed on
August 16, 1996 in Initial Registration Statement and is
incorporated by reference herein.
Exhibit 2 - Not Applicable. Pursuant to Rule 26a-2, the Insurance Company
may hold the assets of the Registrant NOT pursuant to a trust
indenture or other such instrument.
Exhibit 3 - (a) Wholesaling Agreement is filed herewith
(b) Form of Sales Agreement was previously filed on
August 16, 1996 in Initial Registration Statement
and is incorporated by reference herein.
(c) Broker's Agreement and Specimen Schedule of Sales
Commissions for Variable Annuity Policies were previously
filed on November 3, 1994 in Registration Statement
No. 33-85916, and are incorporated by reference herein.
Exhibit 4 - Policy Form was previously filed on August 16, 1996 in Initial
Registration Statement and is incorporated by reference herein.
Exhibit 5 - Application Form was previously filed on August 16, 1996 in
Initial Registration Statement and is incorporated by reference
herein.
Exhibit 6 - The Depositor's Articles of Incorporation, as amended effective
October 1, 1995 to reflect its new name, and Bylaws were
previously filed on August 16, 1996 in Initial Registration
Statement and are incorporated by reference herein.
Exhibit 7 - Not Applicable.
Exhibit 8 - None
Exhibit 9 - Consent and Opinion of Counsel is filed herewith
Exhibit 10 - Consent of Independent Accountants is filed herewith
Exhibit 11 - None.
Exhibit 12 - None.
Exhibit 13 - None.
Exhibit 15- Participation Agreement is filed herewith
<PAGE>
Item 25. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR.
The principal business address of all the following Directors and
Officers is:
440 Lincoln Street
Worcester, Massachusetts 01653
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Position Principal Occupation
----------------- --------------------
<S> <C>
Bruce C. Anderson Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
Vice President, First Allmerica
Abigail M. Armstrong Secretary of First Allmerica since 1988;
Counsel, First Allmerica
John F. Kelly Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
Senior Vice President, General Counsel
and Assistant Secretary, First Allmerica
James R. McAuliffe Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
President and CEO, Citizens Insurance
Company of America since 1994; Vice
President 1982-19 , and Chief Investment
Officer, First Allmerica, 1988 to 1994
John F. O'Brien Director, Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer of First
Allmerica
Edward J. Parry, III Vice President and Treasurer, First
Allmerica since 1993; Assistant Vice
President, 1992 to 1993; Manager, Price
Waterhouse, 1987 to 1992
Richard M. Reilly Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
Vice President, First Allmerica; Director,
Allmerica Investments, Inc.; Director and
President, Allmerica Investment Management
Company, Inc. since 1990
Larry C. Renfro Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
Vice President of First Allmerica
Phillip E. Soule Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
Vice President of First Allmerica
Eric A. Simonsen Director of First Allmerica since 1996;
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,
First Allmerica
John P. Kavanaugh Vice President, First Allmerica Financial
Life Insurance Company
</TABLE>
Item 26. PERSONS UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT. See attached
organization chart.
ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME ADDRESS TYPE OF BUSINESS
---- ------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
AAM Equity Fund 440 Lincoln Street Massachusetts Grantor
Worcester MA 01653 Trust
Allmerica Asset Management, Inc. 440 Lincoln Street Investment advisory
Worcester MA 01653 services
Allmerica Employees Insurance 440 Lincoln Street Insurance Agency
Agency, Inc. Worcester MA 01653
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance 440 Lincoln Street Life insurance, accident
and Annuity Company Worcester MA 01653 & health insurance,
annuities, variable
annuities and variable
life insurance
Allmerica Financial Services 440 Lincoln Street Insurance Agency
Insurance Agency, Inc. Worcester, MA 01653
Allmerica Funds 440 Lincoln Street Investment Company
Worcester MA 01653
Allmerica Institutional Services, Inc. 440 Lincoln Street Accounting, marketing
Worcester MA 01653 and shareholder
<PAGE>
services for investment
companies
Allmerica Investment Services, Inc. 440 Lincoln Street Holding Company
(formerly Allmerica Financial Worcester, MA 01653
Services, Inc.)
Allmerica Investment Management 440 Lincoln Street Investment Advisory
Company, Inc. Worcester MA 01653 Services
Allmerica Investments, Inc. 440 Lincoln Street Securities, retail broker-
Worcester MA 01653 dealer
Allmerica Investment Trust 440 Lincoln Street Investment Company
(formerly SMA Investment Trust) Worcester MA 01653
Allmerica Property and Casualty 440 Lincoln Street Holding Company
Companies, Inc. Worcester MA 01653
Allmerica Realty Advisors, Inc. 440 Lincoln Street Investment Advisory
Worcester MA 01653 services
Allmerica Securities Trust 440 Lincoln Street Investment Company
Worcester MA 01653
Allmerica Services, Inc. 440 Lincoln Street Service Company
Worcester MA 01653
Allmerica Trust Company, N.A. 440 Lincoln Street Limited purpose national
Worcester MA 01653 trust company
AMGRO, Inc. 472 Lincoln Street Premium financing
Worcester MA 01653
APC Funding Corp. 440 Lincoln Street Special purpose funding
Worcester MA 01653 vehicle for commercial
paper
Beltsville Drive Limited 440 Lincoln Street Real estate partnership
Partnership Worcester MA 01653
Citizens Corporation 440 Lincoln Street Holding Company
Worcester MA 01653
Citizens Insurance Company of America 645 West Grand River Multi-line fire &
Howell MI 48843 casualty insurance
Citizens Insurance Company of Ohio 645 West Grand River Multi-line fire &
Howell MI 48843 casualty insurance
Citizens Management, Inc. 645 West Grand River Services management
Howell MI 48843 company
Greendale Special Placements Fund 440 Lincoln Street Massachusetts Grantor
Worcester MA 01653 Trust
The Hanover American Insurance 100 North Parkway Multi-line fire &
Company Worcester MA 01653 casualty insurance
The Hanover Insurance Company 100 North Parkway Multi-line fire &
Worcester MA 01605 casualty insurance
Hanover Texas Insurance 801 East Campbell Road Incorporated Branch
Management Company, Inc. Richardson TX 75081 Office of The Hanover
Insurance Company
Hanover Lloyd's Insurance Company 801 East Campbell Road Multi-line fire &
Richardson TX 75081 casualty insurance
<PAGE>
Hollywood Center, Inc. 440 Lincoln Street General business
Worcester MA 01653 corporation
Linder Skokie Real Estate 440 Lincoln Street General business
Corporation Worcester MA 01653 corporation
Lloyds Credit Corporation 440 Lincoln Street Premium financing
Worcester MA 01653 service franchises
Logan Wells Water Company, Inc. 603 Heron Drive Water Company, serving
Bridgeport NJ 08014 land development
investment
Massachusetts Bay Insurance 100 North Parkway Multi-line fire &
Company Worcester MA 01653 casualty
SMA Financial Corp. 440 Lincoln Street Holding Company
Worcester MA 01653
Somerset Square, Inc. 440 Lincoln Street General business
Worcester MA 01653 corporation
Sterling Risk Management Services, Inc. 100 North Parkway Risk management
Worcester MA 01605 services
</TABLE>
Item 27. NUMBER OF CONTRACT OWNERS.
The Variable Account has no Policyholders because operations have not
yet begun.
Item 28. INDEMNIFICATION.
Article VIII of the Bylaws of the Depositor state: Each Director and each
Officer of the Corporation, whether or not in office, (and his executors or
administrators), shall be indemnified or reimbursed by the Corporation against
all expenses actually and necessarily incurred by him in the defense or
reasonable settlement of any action, suit, or proceeding in which he is made a
party by reason of his being or having been a Director or Officer of the
Corporation, including any sums paid in settlement or to discharge judgement,
except in relation to matters as to which he shall be finally adjudged in such
action, suit or proceeding to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the
performance of his duties as such Director or Officer; and the foregoing right
of indemnification or reimbursement shall not affect any other rights to which
he may be entitled under the Articles of Incorporation, any statute, bylaw,
agreement, vote of stockholders, or otherwise.
Item 29. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS.
(a) Allmerica Investments, Inc. also acts as principal underwriter for the
following:
- VEL Account, VEL II Account, Group Vel, Separate Accounts VA-A, VA-B,
VA-C, VA-G, VA-H, VA-K, VA-P, Allmerica Select Separate Account,
Inheiritage Account Separate Account KG and KGC and the Felcrum
Separate Account of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity
Company
- Separate Accounts I, VA-K, VA-P, VEL II Account, Inheiritage Account,
Group VEL Account, Allmerica Select Separate Account and Separate
Account KGC of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company.
- Allmerica Investment Trust
(b) The Principal Business Address of each of the following Directors and
Officers of Allmerica Investments, Inc. is:
440 Lincoln Street
Worcester, Massachusetts 01653
Name Position or Office with Underwriter
---- -----------------------------------
Emil J. Aberizk Vice President
Abigail M. Armstrong Secretary and Counsel
Phillip J. Coffey Vice President
Thomas J. Cunningham Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Controller
<PAGE>
John F. Kelly Director
William F. Monroe, Jr. Vice President
David J. Mueller Vice President
John F. O'Brien Director
Stephen Parker President, Director and Chief
Executive Officer
Edward J. Parry, III Treasurer
Richard M. Reilly Director
Eric a. Simonsen Director
Mark Steinberg Senior Vice President
Item 30. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.
Each account, book or other document required to be maintained by Section 31(a)
of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and Rules 31a-1 to 31a-3 thereunder are
maintained by the Company at 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts or on
behalf of the Company by The First Data Investor Services, Inc. at 4400 Computer
Drive, Westboro, Massachusetts 01581.
Item 31. MANAGEMENT SERVICES.
The Company provides daily unit value calculations and related services for
the Company's separate accounts.
Item 32. UNDERTAKINGS.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file with
the Securities and Exchange Commission such supplementary and periodic
information, documents, and reports as may be prescribed by any rule or
regulation of the Commission heretofore or hereafter duly adopted pursuant to
authority conferred in that section.
(b) The registrant hereby undertakes to include in the prospectus a postcard
that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional Information.
(c) The registrant hereby undertakes to deliver a Statement of Additional
Information promptly upon written or oral request, according to the requirements
of Form N-4.
(d) Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the 1933 Act may be
permitted to Directors, Officers and Controlling Persons of Registrant under any
registration statement, underwriting agreement or otherwise, Registrant has been
advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a Director, Officer or Controlling Person of Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
Director, Officer or Controlling Person in connection with the securities being
registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
Item 33. REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING WITHDRAWAL RESTRICTIONS ON SECTION 403(b)
PLANS AND UNDER THE TEXAS OPTIONAL RETIREMENT PROGRAM.
Registrant, a separate account of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
Company ("Company"), states that it is (a) relying on Rule 6c-7 under the
1940 Act with respect to withdrawal restrictions under the Texas Optional
Retirement Program ("Program") and (b) relying on the "no-action" letter
(Ref. No. IP-6-88) issued on November 28, 1988 to the American Council of
Life Insurance, in applying the withdrawal restrictions of Internal Revenue
Code Section 403(b)(11). Registrant has taken the following steps in
reliance on the letter:
1. Appropriate disclosures regarding the redemption restrictions imposed by
the Program and by Section 403(b)(11) have been included in the prospectus
of each registration statement used in connection with the offer of the
<PAGE>
Company's variable contracts.
2. Appropriate disclosures regarding the redemption restrictions imposed by
the Program and by Section 403(b)(11) have been included in sales
literature used in connection with the offer of the Company's variable
contracts.
3. Sales Representatives who solicit participants to purchase the variable
contracts have been instructed to specifically bring the redemption
restrictions imposed by the Program and by Section 403(b)(11) to the
attention of potential participants.
4. A signed statement acknowledging the participant's understanding of (I) the
restrictions on redemption imposed by the Program and by Section 403(b)(11)
and (ii) the investment alternatives available under the employer's
arrangement will be obtained from each participant who purchases a variable
annuity contract prior to or at the time of purchase.
Registrant hereby represents that it will not act to deny or limit a transfer
request except to the extent that a Service-Ruling or written opinion of
counsel, specifically addressing the fact pattern involved and taking into
account the terms of the applicable employer plan, determines that denial or
limitation is necessary for the variable annuity contracts to meet the
requirements of the Program or of Section 403(b). Any transfer request not so
denied or limited will be effected as expeditiously as possible.
Item 34. RULE 26(E) REPRESENTATION.
The Company and the Registrant hereby represent that the aggregate fees and
charges under the Contracts offered by this Registration Statement are
reasonable in relation to the services rendered, the expenses to be
incurred, and the risks assumed by the Company.
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment
Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Pre-Effective
Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Worcester, and
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 6th day of November, 1996.
SEPARATE ACCOUNT KG OF
FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY
By: /s/ Abigail M. Armstrong
------------------------------
Abigail M. Armstrong
Counsel and Secretary
SIGNATURES TITLE DATE
- ---------- ----- ----
/s/ John F. O'Brien Director, President and Chief
John F. O'Brien Executive Officer
/s/ Bruce C. Anderson Director and Vice President
Bruce C. Anderson
/s/ Kruno Huitzingh Director, Vice President and November 6, 1996
Kruno Huitzingh Chief Information Officer
/s/ John P. Kavanaugh Director and Vice President
John P. Kavanaugh
/s/ John F. Kelly Director, Senior Vice President
John F. Kelly and General Counsel
/s/ James R. McAuliffe Director
James R. McAuliffe
/s/ Edward J. Parry, III Vice President and Treasurer
Edward J. Parry, III (Chief Accounting Officer)
/s/ Richard M. Reilly Director and Vice President
Richard M. Reilly
/s/ Larry C. Renfro Director and Vice President
Larry C. Renfro
/s/ Eric A. Simonsen Director, Vice President and Chief
Eric A. Simonsen Financial Officer
/s/ Phillip E. Soule Director and Vice President
Phillip E. Soule
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT TABLE
Exhibit 3a - Wholesaling Agreement
Exhibit 9 - Consent and Opinion of Counsel.
Exhibit 10 - Consent of Independent Accountants
Exhibit 15 - Participation Agreement
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3a
WHOLESALING AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT dated as of November __, 1996 by and between FIRST ALLMERICA
FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Massachusetts insurance company (the
"Company"), ALLMERICA INVESTMENTS, INC., a Massachusetts corporation (the
"Underwriter"), Kemper Distributors, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("KDI"),
ZKI Agency, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("ZKIA" and , together with KDI,
collectively, the "Wholesaler"), and the insurance agency affiliates of the
Wholesaler listed on Schedule 1 to this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as
the "Wholesaler Agency Affiliates").
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Company has registered or proposes to register with the
Securities and Exchange Commission interests in certain variable annuity
contracts and variable life insurance contracts under the Securities Act of
1933 and proposes to issue and sell such contracts through the Underwriter
acting as the principal underwriter for such contracts; and
WHEREAS, the Company, the Underwriter and the Wholesaler desire to establish
an arrangement whereby the Wholesaler will act as the wholesaler for such
variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance contracts and, as such,
will recruit business firms to distribute such contracts;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company, the
Underwriter and the Wholesaler hereby agree as follows:
<PAGE>
1. DEFINITIONS
a. ACCOUNT -- Each and any separate account established by the Company
and listed on Schedule 2 to this Agreement, as amended from time to time.
The phrase "Account supporting the Contracts" or "Account supporting
a class of Contracts" shall mean the separate account identified in such
Contracts as the separate account to which the Purchase Payments made
under such Contracts are allocated and as to which income, gains and
losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to such separate
account, are, in accordance with such Contracts, credited to or charged
against such separate account without regard to other income, gains, or
losses of the Company or any other separate account established by the
Company.
b. CONTRACTS -- The variable annuity contracts and variable life
insurance contracts described more specifically on Schedule 3 to this
Agreement, as amended from time to time. The term "Contracts" shall
include various Account sub-account investment options, investment
options in the Company's general account and Guarantee Period Accounts,
if available, any riders to such contracts and any other contracts
offered in connection therewith or any contracts for which such Contracts
may be exchanged or converted. The phrase "a class of Contracts" shall
mean those variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance
contracts, as the case may be, issued on the same policy form or forms
and covered by the same Registration Statement, as shown on Schedule 3 to
this Agreement.
c. REGISTRATION STATEMENT -- At any time while this Agreement is in
effect, the currently effective registration statement filed with the SEC
under the 1933 Act, or currently effective post-effective amendment
thereto, relating to a class of Contracts, including financial statements
included in, and all exhibits to, such registration statement or
post-effective amendment. (For purposes of Sections 5.a. and 11 of this
Agreement, however, the term "Registration Statement" means any document
that is or at any time was a Registration Statement within the meaning of
this Section 1.c.).
2
<PAGE>
d. PROSPECTUS -- The prospectus and any statement of additional
information included within a Registration Statement, except that, if the
prospectus and statement of additional information most recently filed
with the SEC pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act after the date on
which the Registration Statement became effective differs from the
prospectus and statement of additional information included within the
Registration Statement at the time it became effective, the term
"Prospectus" shall refer to the most recently filed prospectus and
statement of additional information filed under Rule 497 under the 1933
Act from and after the date on which they each shall have been filed.
(For purposes of Sections 5.a. and 11 of this Agreement, however, the
term "any Prospectus" means any document that is or at any time was a
Prospectus within the meaning of this Section l.d.).
e. FUND -- Kemper Investors Fund.
f. FUND REGISTRATION STATEMENT -- At any time while this Agreement is in
effect, the currently effective registration statement filed with the SEC
under the 1933 Act, or currently effective post-effective amendment
thereto, for shares of the Fund. (For purposes of Section 11 of this
Agreement, however, the term "Fund Registration Statement" means any
document that is or at any time was a Fund Registration Statement within
the meaning of this Section l.f.).
g. FUND PROSPECTUS -- At any time while this Agreement is in effect, the
prospectus and statement of additional information for the Fund most
recently filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act. (For
purposes of Section 11 of this Agreement, however, the term "Fund
Prospectus" means any document that is or at any time was a Fund
Prospectus within the meaning of this Section l.g.).
h. 1933 ACT -- The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
i. 1934 ACT -- The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
3
<PAGE>
j. 1940 ACT -- The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
k. SEC -- The Securities and Exchange Commission.
l. NASD -- The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
m. REGULATIONS -- The rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC under
the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act as in effect at the time
this Agreement is executed or thereafter promulgated, and as they
may be amended from time to time.
n. STATE - The state of New York and/or the state of Hawaii.
o. Broker-Dealer -- An entity registered as a broker-dealer and licensed
as a life insurance agent or affiliated with an entity so licensed, and
recruited by the Wholesaler and subsequently authorized by the Company
and the Underwriter to distribute the Contracts pursuant to a sales
agreement with the Company and the Underwriter entered into in accordance
with Section 3 of this Agreement.
p. ASSOCIATED PERSON -- This term as used in this Agreement shall have the
meaning assigned to it in the 1934 Act.
q. REPRESENTATIVE -- An Associated Person of the Wholesaler or a Broker-
Dealer registered with the NASD as a registered representative or principal
of the Wholesaler or Broker-Dealer, as the case may be.
r. PURCHASE PAYMENT -- A payment made under a Contract by an applicant
or purchaser to purchase benefits under the Contract.
4
<PAGE>
s. PROCEDURES -- The administrative procedures prepared and distributed
by the Company, as such may be amended or supplemented from time to time,
relating to the solicitation, sale and delivery of the Contracts.
Provided, however, that Broker-Dealers shall only be responsible for
compliance with those Procedures which have been furnished to them in
writing.
t. PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT -- The agreement dated as of November,
1996, among the Company, KDI, Zurich Kemper Investments and the Fund
relating to the investment of assets of the separate accounts of the
Company in the Fund.
2. APPOINTMENT AND WHOLESALING RIGHTS
a. The Company hereby authorizes the Wholesaler to represent the Company
in the wholesaling activities contemplated by this Agreement. Where
required by relevant State insurance law, the Company hereby appoints the
Wholesaler as an agent under such State insurance laws to represent the
Company in the wholesaling activities contemplated by this Agreement. In
those States in which the Wholesaler is not licensed as an insurance
agent and the relevant State insurance law requires that the Wholesaler
be licensed as an insurance agent, the Company hereby appoints the
appropriate entity or individual ("Wholesaler Agency Affiliate")
affiliated with the Wholesaler (as set forth on Schedule 1 to this
Agreement, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time by the
Wholesaler to reflect changes in the licensing status, if any, as
required by relevant state insurance law of the Wholesaler or Wholesaler
Agency Affiliates) as its agent under the insurance laws to engage in
such wholesaling activities. The Underwriter hereby authorizes the
Wholesaler under applicable securities laws to engage in the activities
contemplated in this Agreement relating to the wholesaling of the
Contracts for which the Underwriter acts or may act as principal
underwriter.
In jurisdictions where neither the Wholesaler nor any Wholesaler Agency
Affiliate is licensed as contemplated by the first paragraph of this
Section 2.a., when requested in writing by the Wholesaler, the
5
<PAGE>
Company will perform such wholesaling activities related to the Contracts
contemplated by this Agreement as are mutually agreed upon by the Company
and the Wholesaler. Any such wholesaling activities will be performed by
the Company as agent and for the benefit of the Wholesaler, until such
time as the Wholesaler notifies the Company and the Underwriter that the
Wholesaler or its Wholesaler Agency Affiliate is so licensed. The
Company shall be compensated by the Wholesaler for its performance of
such wholesaling activities on such basis as is mutually agreed upon by
the Company and the Wholesaler.
b. The Wholesaler (both on its own behalf and on behalf of Wholesaler
Agency Affiliates) undertakes to use its best efforts to recruit
Broker-Dealers in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement, consistent
with market conditions and in compliance with its responsibilities under
the federal securities laws and NASD rules and regulations. The
obligations of the Wholesaler and Wholesaler Agency Affiliates hereunder
are further subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties
of the Company and the Underwriter contained in this Agreement and to the
performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder.
c. The appointment and authorization of the Wholesaler and Wholesaler
Agency Affiliates to engage in wholesaling activities pursuant to this
Agreement is exclusive as to the Contracts listed on Schedule 3, as
amended from time to time in accordance with Section 2.e. of this
Agreement. Neither the Company nor the Underwriter shall authorize any
other person (as principal underwriter or otherwise) to engage in
wholesaling or distribution activities with respect to the Contracts or
to recruit business firms to engage in wholesaling or distribution
activities with respect to the Contracts (other than business firms
recommended by the Wholesaler pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement)
without the Wholesaler's prior written consent, nor shall the Company or
the Underwriter, without the Wholesaler's prior written consent,
separately engage in wholesaling or distribution activities relating to
the Contracts.
The Company shall design the Contracts, and any amendments or riders
thereto, subject to approval by the Wholesaler. Throughout the term of
this Agreement, the Contracts shall be issued and offered for sale by the
Company and the variable portion thereof shall be supported by the
Accounts. The Company alone
6
<PAGE>
shall be responsible for filing the initial Registration Statements and
any amendments thereto with the SEC in accordance with the 1933 Act, 1934
Act, 1940 Act and the Regulations to register interests in each class of
Contracts. The Company will not make any amendment or rider to the
Contracts or a class of Contracts, or file a Registration Statement, or
make an amendment to a Registration Statement or supplement to a
Prospectus, without the Wholesaler having been given the opportunity to
review any such filing, amendment, rider or supplement. However, such
opportunity to review shall not make the Wholesaler responsible for the
content of any such filing, amendment, rider or supplement; the Company
alone shall be responsible for such content.
The Company shall register its Accounts with the SEC. All amounts
available under the Contracts shall be invested only in the Fund (through
the Account(s) supporting the Contracts) and/or allocated to the
Company's general account, or to one or more of the Guarantee Period
Accounts referred to in the Prospectus, provided that such amounts may
also be invested in an investment company or investment vehicle other
than the Fund if: (1) such other investment company is advised by the
Fund's investment adviser; (2) the Fund and/or Wholesaler, in their sole
discretion, consents to the use of such other investment company or
investment vehicle; (3) there is a substitution of the Fund made in
accordance with Section 10.1(e) of the Participation Agreement; or (4)
the Participation Agreement is terminated pursuant to Article X of the
Participation Agreement. The Company will not take action to operate any
Account or any subaccount(s) of an Account, as a management investment
company under the 1940 Act without the Fund's and Wholesaler's prior
written consent.
All assets in the Guarantee Period Accounts referred to in the Prospectus
shall be managed by Zurich Investment Management, Inc. ("ZIM") pursuant
to the Investment Management Agreement being executed contemporaneously
herewith by the Company and ZIM for so long as such Investment Management
Agreement is in effect.
7
<PAGE>
d. The Company shall obtain appropriate authorizations, to the extent
necessary, whether by registration, qualification, approval or otherwise,
for the issuance and sale of the Contracts (including all investment
options) in each State. The Company shall also use its best efforts to
obtain any additional State regulatory approvals necessary for the sale
and issuance of the Contracts. From time to time, the Company shall
notify the Wholesaler in writing of all States in which the Contracts can
then lawfully be offered. To the extent that the Company is not
authorized to issue the Contracts in a State, the Company shall employ
all reasonable efforts to obtain such authorization in such State.
e. The Wholesaler may unilaterally amend Schedule 1 from time to time
pursuant to Section 2.a. of this Agreement. The parties to this
Agreement may amend Schedules 2 and 3 to this Agreement from time to time
by mutual agreement to reflect changes in or relating to the Contracts
and the Accounts and to add new classes of variable annuity contracts and
variable life insurance contracts to be issued by the Company or for
which the Wholesaler will act as wholesaler. Schedule 2 to this
Agreement will be automatically amended by the Company from time to time
to reflect the addition and deletion of subaccounts and Fund portfolios.
The provisions of this Agreement shall be equally applicable to each
such class of Contracts, unless the context otherwise requires. Schedule
4 to this Agreement may be amended only by mutual agreement of the
parties to this Agreement pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement.
8
<PAGE>
3. RECRUITMENT OF BROKER-DEALERS AND RELATED RESPONSIBILITIES
a. The Company and the Underwriter hereby authorize the Wholesaler and
any Wholesaler Agency Affiliates to contact and recommend business firms
to act as Broker-Dealers for the sale of the Contracts. The Company
shall have the right to reject any such recommendation, but shall not do
so arbitrarily or unreasonably, and any such rejection shall be in
writing and state the reasons therefor.
b. The Company and the Underwriter shall have the responsibility for:
(i) executing appropriate sales agreements with the business firms
recommended by the Wholesaler or Wholesaler Agency Affiliates and (ii)
appointing such business firms, and/or Associated Persons of such firms,
as insurance agents of the Company in those States where such business
firms and/or Associated Persons possess insurance agent licenses. None
of the Wholesaler, the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, the Company or the
Underwriter shall have responsibility for, or bear the cost of, any
registration or licensing of Broker-Dealers or any of their Associated
Persons with the SEC, NASD or any State insurance, governmental or
regulatory agency. The costs of appointment shall be borne as provided
in Section 9.c. hereof. The Company shall maintain the appointment
records of all agents appointed by the Company to distribute the
Contracts or, if required by relevant State law, to engage in the
wholesaling activities contemplated by this Agreement. The Company shall
provide KDI with a complete listing of all agents appointed by the
Company to distribute the Contracts and shall provide KDI with an updated
listing at least monthly.
c. Any sales agreement entered into by the Company and/or the
Underwriter with a Broker-Dealer shall provide that:
(i) The Broker-Dealer (or an affiliated person duly registered as a
broker-dealer with the SEC) shall train, supervise, and be solely
responsible for the conduct of all of its Associated Persons in the
proper method of solicitation, sale and delivery of the Contracts
for the purpose of complying on a continuous basis with
9
<PAGE>
the NASD Rules of Fair Practice and with federal and State
securities and insurance law requirements applicable in connection
with the offering and sale of the Contracts;
(ii) Purchase Payments for the Contracts shall be made payable to
the Company and shall be delivered together with all applications
and related information in accordance with the Procedures;
(iii) The Broker-Dealer and/or its duly licensed insurance agency
affiliates shall be solely responsible for all compensation paid to
its Representatives and all related tax reporting that may be
required under applicable law;
(iv) The Broker-Dealer and its Representatives shall not use,
develop or distribute any promotional, sales or advertising material
that has not been approved in writing by the Company, the
Underwriter and the Wholesaler and filed with the appropriate
governmental or regulatory agencies; and
(v) The Broker-Dealer shall not have authority, on behalf of the
Company, the Underwriter, the Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency
Affiliates, to make, alter or discharge any Contract or other
contract entered into pursuant to a Contract; to waive any Contract
forfeiture provision; to extend the time of paying any Purchase
Payment; to receive any monies or Purchase Payments (except for the
sole purpose of forwarding monies or Purchase Payments to the
Company); or to expend, or contract for the expenditure of, funds of
the Company, the Underwriter, the Wholesaler or the Wholesaler
Agency Affiliates.
d. The Wholesaler and Wholesaler Agency Affiliates shall provide such
assistance to the Company in the appointment procedure applicable to
Broker-Dealers and their Representatives as may be reasonably requested
by the Company.
10
<PAGE>
e. The Wholesaler shall train, supervise, and be solely responsible for
the conduct of all of its Associated Persons (including Wholesaler Agency
Affiliates, but not Broker-Dealers or their Representatives unaffiliated
with the Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates), for the purpose
of complying on a continuous basis with the NASD Rules of Fair Practice
and with federal and State securities and insurance laws applicable to
the wholesaling activities contemplated in this Agreement. The
Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates shall be responsible for
the maintenance of licenses, certifications or permits that they
determine to be necessary for themselves and/or their Associated Persons
pursuant to any federal or State securities law or State insurance law.
f. None of the Wholesaler, the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, the Company
or the Underwriter will have any supervisory responsibility (as such
supervision is contemplated by the 1934 Act or the NASD's Rules of Fair
Practice) with respect to Broker-Dealers or their Representatives. Under
no circumstances will the Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates
be responsible for Broker-Dealers' or their Representatives' failure to
comply with applicable law or the Procedures.
g. The Wholesaler shall not have authority on behalf of the Company to
make, alter or discharge any Contract or other contract entered into
pursuant to a Contract; to waive any Contract forfeiture provision; to
extend the time of paying any Purchase Payment; or to receive any monies
or Purchase Payments. The Wholesaler shall not expend, nor contract for
the expenditure of, funds of the Company; nor shall the Wholesaler
possess or exercise any authority on behalf of the Company other than
that expressly conferred on the Wholesaler by this Agreement.
h. The Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates shall act as
independent contractors in the performance of their duties and
obligations under this Agreement and nothing contained in this Agreement
shall constitute the Wholesaler or any Wholesaler Agency Affiliate or
their respective Associated Persons as employees of the Company or the
Underwriter in connection with the wholesaling activities contemplated by
this Agreement or otherwise.
11
<PAGE>
i. It is the intention of the parties hereto that the wholesaling
activities contemplated by this Agreement shall not involve the
solicitation of any insurance business from the public, or any act or
activity which would require registration as a life insurance or variable
annuity agent dealing with the public, including without limitation,
activities or conduct involving the solicitation, negotiation,
procurement, collection or transmittal of any premium or other
consideration on any insurance policy or annuity contract, or any other
act involving the consummation or delivery of any insurance policy or
annuity contract to a policy holder or the general public.
4. MARKETING AND SALES
a. Except as otherwise agreed to by the Company and the Wholesaler, the
Wholesaler shall be responsible for the design and cost of all
promotional, sales and advertising material relating to the Contracts,
which include the marketing brochure, application, broker-dealer guide
book, asset allocator worksheet and Prospectus covers.
Prior to use with any member of the public, the Wholesaler shall provide
to the Company copies of all promotional, sales and advertising material
developed by the Wholesaler for the Company's review and written
approval. Upon receipt of such material from the Wholesaler, the Company
shall be given a reasonable amount of time to complete its review. The
Company will respond on a prompt and timely basis in approving any such
material. Failure to respond shall not relieve the Wholesaler of the
obligation to obtain the prior written approval of the Company.
In the event that the Company shall design any promotional, sales or
advertising material relating to the Contracts, the Company shall provide
to the Wholesaler copies of such material for the Wholesaler's review and
written approval. Upon receipt of such material from the Company, the
Wholesaler shall be given a reasonable amount of time to complete its
review. The Wholesaler will respond on a prompt and timely
12
<PAGE>
basis in approving any such material. Failure to respond shall not
relieve the Company of the obligation to obtain the prior written
approval of the Wholesaler.
The Underwriter shall be responsible for filing, as required, all
promotional, sales or advertising material, whether developed by the
Company, the Underwriter or the Wholesaler, with the NASD and any federal
and state securities, governmental or regulatory agencies. The Company
shall be responsible for filing, as required, such material, whether
developed by the Company, the Underwriter or the Wholesaler, with any
State insurance, governmental or regulatory agencies. Neither the
Wholesaler nor the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates shall have any
responsibility for any of the filings referred to in this paragraph.
If any such promotional, sales or advertising material names the Fund or
the Fund's investment adviser, the Company shall furnish such material to
the Fund or the Fund's distributor (if other than the Wholesaler) prior
to its use. Such material shall not be used unless written approval has
been obtained from the Fund or the Fund's distributor. Failure of the
Fund or the Fund's distributor to respond shall not relieve the Company
or the Underwriter of the obligation to obtain the prior written approval
of the Fund or the Fund's distributor.
b. The Wholesaler acknowledges that the Company shall have the right to
reject, in whole or in part, any application for a Contract, provided (i)
that there must be a reasonable basis (as determined by the Company) for
any such rejection, which basis shall be specified in writing by the
Company upon request by the Wholesaler and (ii) that the projected
profitability or lack of profitability of a Contract shall not be a basis
for rejection. In the event an application is rejected, any Purchase
Payment submitted will be returned by or on behalf of the Company to the
applicant. The Company will notify the Wholesaler and the Broker-Dealer
who submitted the Purchase Payment of such action. In the event that a
purchaser exercises his/her free look right under his/her Contract, any
amount to be refunded as provided in such Contract will be so refunded to
the purchaser by or on behalf of the Company. The Company will notify
the Wholesaler and the Broker-Dealer who solicited the sale of the
Contract of such action.
13
<PAGE>
c. The Company and the Wholesaler shall equally share the costs (other
than those borne by the Fund pursuant to the Participation Agreement) for
printing any preliminary and all definitive Prospectuses for the
Contracts and Fund Prospectuses and any supplements thereto.
d. The Wholesaler will pay the following expenses related to its
wholesaling activities contemplated by this Agreement:
(i) the compensation, if any, of its Associated Persons;
(ii) expenses associated with the initial licensing, if any, and
training of its Associated Persons involved in the wholesaling
activities;
(iii) the development, printing and mailing of any promotional,
sales or advertising material for use in connection with the
distribution of the Contracts;
(iv) the printing, mailing, and all other activities
associated with proxy solicitations;
(v) expenses associated with telecommunications with the Company at
the sites of the Wholesaler or its Associated Persons, including
site installations and purchases, leases or rentals of modems,
terminals and other hardware, and lease line telephone charges; and
(vi) any other expenses incurred by the Wholesaler or its Associated
Persons for the purpose of carrying out the obligations of the
Wholesaler hereunder.
Except for such expenses and the expenses described in Section 4.c.
of this Agreement, the Wholesaler shall not be responsible for any
expenses relating to the Contracts or distribution of the Contracts
or the processing of Contracts or applications, including without
limitation
14
<PAGE>
any expenses incurred in connection with the return of Purchase
Payments solicited by Broker-Dealers for applications rejected or
not timely received by the Company.
e. The Company will pay all expenses in connection with:
(i) the preparation and filing with appropriate governmental or
regulatory agencies of the Registration Statements and each
preliminary Prospectus and definitive Prospectus;
(ii) the preparation and issuance of the Contracts;
(iii) any authorization, registration, qualification or approval of
the Contracts required under the securities, blue-sky laws or
insurance laws of the States;
(iv) registration fees for the Contracts payable to the SEC, the
NASD or any other governmental or regulatory agency;
(v) the mailing of Prospectuses for the Contracts and Fund
Prospectuses, any supplements thereto, as required by federal
securities laws, and periodic reports relating to the Fund or the
Accounts to Contract owners;
(vi) the preparation of administrative forms utilized in connection
with the distribution of the Contracts;
(vii) the preparation of Contract owner lists for the purposes of
proxy solicitations; and
(viii) compensation as provided in Section 9 hereof.
15
<PAGE>
f. The Company alone shall be responsible for and bear the cost of
administration of the Contracts following their issuance, including all
Contract owner service and communication activities, but the Wholesaler
shall be responsible for answering inquiries from Broker-Dealers or
Representatives regarding the investment performance of the Contracts,
as permitted by applicable law. The Company agrees that its service
standards for the Contracts shall be always equal to or better than its
current service standards for the other variable annuity and variable
life insurance contracts that it is actively marketing on the effective
date of this Agreement.
g. The Company, as agent for the Underwriter, will confirm to each
applicant for and owner of a Contract in accordance with Rule lOb-10
under the 1934 Act its acceptance of Purchase Payments and such other
transactions as are required by Rule l0b-10 or administrative
interpretations thereunder and in accordance with Release 8389 under
the 1934 Act.
h. At the end of 15 months from the later of the date (a) on which the
Company and its affiliate, Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
Annuity Company ("AFLIAC") notify the Underwriter and the Wholesaler
that they have received approval of (i) "Kemper Gateway Elite" variable
annuity contracts and (ii) "Kemper Gateway Custom" variable annuity
contracts (collectively, the "Contracts") from at least thirty (30)
states or (b) on which both the Company and AFLIAC versions of the
Contracts may be legally distributed under the Federal Securities Laws,
reimbursement (if any) from the Wholesaler for development and
administrative costs of the Contracts shall be computed and paid to the
Company and AFLIAC as provided in Sections 4.h. and 21.a. of the
Wholesaling Agreement between the Wholesaler and AFLIAC being executed
contemporaneously herewith. In accordance with the terms of such
Wholesaling Agreement, Wholesaler shall be responsible for only a
single reimbursement amount, and such reimbursement shall be divided
between the Company and AFLIAC, as they may mutually agree.
16
<PAGE>
5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
a. The Company and the Underwriter each represent and warrant to the
Wholesaler and each Wholesaler Agency Affiliate, on the effective date of
each Registration Statement for the Contracts (or class of Contracts) and
at each time that a Contract is sold and, with respect to Clauses (vi),
(vii), (x), and (xi) below, also on the date of this Agreement, as
follows:
(i) The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the
SEC or has become effective in accordance with the Regulations.
(ii) The Registration Statements and the Prospectuses each comply in
all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act and the
1940 Act and the Regulations, and neither the Registration
Statements nor the Prospectuses contain an untrue statement of a
material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, in light of the circumstances in which they were made;
provided, however, that none of the representations and warranties
in this Clause (ii) shall apply to statements in or omissions from
the Registration Statements or Prospectuses made in reliance upon
and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in
writing by the Wholesaler expressly for use in the Registration
Statements.
(iii) Neither the Company nor the Underwriter has received any
notice from the SEC with respect to the Registration Statement or
the Account supporting the Contracts described in the Registration
Statements pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act and no stop
order under the 1933 Act has been issued and no proceeding therefor
has been instituted or threatened by the SEC.
(iv) The accountants who certified the financial statements included
in the Registration Statements and Prospectuses are independent
public accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the Regulations
and such independent public accountants shall have certified that
the financial statements included in the
17
<PAGE>
Registration Statements present fairly the respective financial
positions of the Company and the Account supporting the Contracts
described in the Registration Statements as of the dates indicated;
and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
applied on a consistent basis.
(v) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is
given in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, there has not
been any material adverse change in the condition, financial or
otherwise, of the Company, the Underwriter or the Account supporting
the Contracts described in the Registration Statements that would
cause such information to be materially misleading.
(vi) The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as
a corporation in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts with full power and authority to own, lease and
operate its properties and conduct its business in the manner
described in the Prospectus; is duly qualified to transact the
business of a life insurance company; and is in good standing in
each State.
(vii) The Underwriter has been duly organized and is validly
existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts with full power and authority to own,
lease and operate its properties and conduct its business in the
manner described in the Prospectuses; is duly registered as a
broker-dealer with the SEC and with the securities commission of
each State where such registration is required; and is a member in
good standing with the NASD.
(viii) Each Account supporting the Contracts described in the
Registration Statements has been duly authorized and established and
is validly existing as a separate account under the insurance laws
of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and is duly registered with
the SEC as a unit investment trust under the 1940 Act.
18
<PAGE>
(ix) The form of the Contracts has been approved to the extent
required by the Insurance Commissioner of each State.
(x) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement have
been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action by the
Company and the Underwriter and when so executed and delivered this
Agreement will be the valid and binding obligation of the Company
and the Underwriter, enforceable in accordance with its terms.
(xi) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement, will
not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and
provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of
time) a default under, the charter or bylaws of the Company or the
Underwriter, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed or trust,
or other instrument to which the Company or the Underwriter is a
party or by which either is bound, or violate any law, or , to the
best of the Company's or the Underwriter's knowledge, any order rule
or regulation applicable to the Company or the Underwriter of any
court or any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency
or any other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over
the Company or the Underwriter or any of their respective properties.
(xii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or
governmental authority or agency is required for the issuance or
sale of the Contracts or for the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, that has not been obtained.
(xiii) The Company has filed with the SEC all statements and other
documents required for registration under the provisions of the 1940
Act and the Regulations thereunder of the Account supporting the
Contracts described in the Registration Statement, and such
registration has been effected; there are no agreements or documents
required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, or the Regulations to be
filed with the SEC as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that
have not been so filed; and the Company has
19
<PAGE>
obtained all exemptive or other orders of the SEC necessary to make
the public offering and consummate the sale of the Contracts
pursuant to this Agreement and to permit the operation of the
Accounts supporting the Contracts described in the Registration
Statements, as contemplated in the Prospectuses.
(xiv) The Contracts have been duly authorized by the Company and
conform to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statements
and the Prospectuses and, when issued as contemplated by the
Registration Statements, will constitute legal, validly issued and
binding obligations of the Company in accordance with their terms.
b. KDI and ZKIA represent and warrant to the Company on the date hereof
as follows:
(i) KDI and ZKIA have taken all action including, without
limitation, those necessary under their respective certificates of
incorporation, by-laws and applicable state corporate law, necessary
to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement, and have taken or will take all requisite action to
enable them to perform all transactions contemplated hereunder in
accordance with the terms hereof; and
(ii) KDI is and during the term of this Agreement shall remain duly
registered as a broker-dealer under the 1934 Act, a member in good
standing with the NASD, and duly registered as a broker-dealer under
applicable state securities laws.
20
<PAGE>
6. ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE COMPANY
a. The Company shall use its best efforts:
(i) to maintain the registration of the Contracts with the SEC and
any State securities commissions where the securities or blue-sky
laws of such State require registration of the Contracts, including
without limitation using its best efforts to prevent a stop order
from being issued or if a stop order has been issued to cause such
stop order to be withdrawn;
(ii) to gain approval or other authorization of the Contract forms
where required under the insurance laws and regulations of each
State; and
(iii) to keep such registration, approval and authorization in
effect thereafter so long as the Contracts are outstanding.
b. During the term of this Agreement the Company shall take all action
required to cause each class of Contracts to comply, and to continue to
comply, as annuity contracts or life insurance contracts, as the case may
be, and to cause the Registration Statements and the Prospectus for each
class of Contracts to comply, and to continue to comply, with all
applicable federal laws and regulations and all applicable laws and
regulations of each State.
c. The Company, during the term of this Agreement, shall notify the
Wholesaler immediately:
(i) when each Registration Statement has become effective or any
post-effective amendment with respect to the Registration Statement
thereafter becomes effective;
21
<PAGE>
(ii) of any request by the SEC for any amendment to a Registration
Statement or supplement to a Prospectus or for additional
information;
(iii) of any event that makes any material statement made in a
Registration Statement or a Prospectus untrue in any material
respect or results in a material omission in a Registration
Statement or a Prospectus;
(iv) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order with respect to a
Registration Statement or any amendment thereto, or the initiation
of any proceedings for that purpose, or for any other purpose
relating to the registration and/or offering of the Contracts (or a
class of Contracts);
(v) in which States registration of the Contracts (or a class of
Contracts) is required under the securities or blue-sky laws, and
when such registrations have become effective.
d. The Company shall furnish to the Wholesaler without charge promptly
after filing five (5) copies of each Registration Statement as originally
filed and any pre-effective or post-effective amendment thereto,
including financial statements and all exhibits, including exhibits
incorporated therein by reference.
e. The Company shall timely file all reports, statements and amendments
required to be filed by or for each Account or class of Contracts under
the 1933 Act and/or the 1940 Act or the Regulations.
f. The Company shall deliver to the Wholesaler, as soon as practicable
after it becomes available, the Annual Statements for the Company and for
each Account in the form filed with their respective state of domicile,
and any quarterly reports upon the Wholesaler's request.
g. The Company and the Underwriter will provide the Wholesaler access to
such records, officers and employees of the Company, the Underwriter and
each Account at reasonable times as is necessary to
22
<PAGE>
enable the Wholesaler to fulfill its obligations under the federal
securities laws and NASD rules. The Wholesaler will provide the Company
and the Underwriter access to such of its records, officers and employees
at reasonable times as is necessary to enable the Company and the
Underwriter to fulfill their obligations under the federal securities
laws and NASD rules.
h. The Company shall provide the Wholesaler at least monthly with a
sales report or reports and an assets under management report in such
form as shall be acceptable to both the Company and the Wholesaler. Any
such sales report shall include, among other items, a break-down of sales
by Representative, Broker-Dealer, product type and Contract state of
issue.
7. CONFIDENTIALITY
a. The Company and the Underwriter acknowledge that the names and
addresses of all customers and prospective customers (for purposes of
this Section 7.a., the terms "customers" and "prospective customers"
shall not mean Broker-Dealers) of the Wholesaler, of its parent company
and of any affiliated person of the Wholesaler, the Wholesaler Agency
Affiliates and the names and addresses of all customers and prospective
customers of any Broker-Dealer that may come to the attention of the
Company, the Underwriter or any person affiliated with the Company or the
Underwriter solely as a result of their relationship with the Wholesaler,
its parent company or any affiliated person of the Wholesaler, the
Wholesaler Agency Affiliates or any Broker-Dealer and not from any
independent source, are confidential and shall not be used by the
Company, the Underwriter or any person affiliated with the Company or the
Underwriter for any purpose whatsoever except as may be necessary in
connection with the administration of the Contracts sold by the
Broker-Dealers, including responses to specific requests made to the
Company for service by Contract owners, efforts to prevent the
replacement of such Contracts or communications with customers concerning
option rights available under the terms of the Contracts. The
restrictions set forth in the previous sentence do not apply if and to
the extent a Broker-Dealer knowingly discloses the names and addresses of
its customers or prospective customers to the Company or the Underwriter
outside
23
<PAGE>
the operation of this Agreement. In no event shall the names and
addresses of such customers and prospective customers, whether disclosed
to the Company or the Underwriter by the Wholesaler or by any
Broker-Dealer, be furnished by the Company, the Underwriter or any of
their affiliated persons to any other person. The intent of this
paragraph is that neither the Company nor the Underwriter, nor persons
affiliated with the Company or the Underwriter, shall utilize, or permit
to be utilized, for any purpose other than for the sale and
administration of the Contracts or for the sale and administration of
other financial products distributed or managed by the Wholesaler and/or
its affiliates, their knowledge of the Wholesaler, of its parent company
or of any affiliated person of the Wholesaler, the Wholesaler Agency
Affiliates or the identity of all customers and prospective customers,
derived solely as a result of the relationship created through the
funding and sale of the Contracts. This paragraph shall remain operative
and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this
Agreement, and shall survive any such termination.
In addition to the foregoing, the Company and the Underwriter agree that
neither during the term of this Agreement nor after its termination shall
the names and addresses of Broker-Dealers and their Representatives
recruited by the Wholesaler to solicit the Contracts be furnished by the
Company, the Underwriter or any of their affiliated persons to any other
person, or be utilized by the Company, the Underwriter or their
affiliated persons for any purpose except as the Company deems necessary
or appropriate for the sale and administration of the Contracts subject
to this Agreement.
8. RECORDS
The Company, the Underwriter, the Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency
Affiliates shall each maintain such accounts, books and other documents
as are required to be maintained by each of them by applicable laws and
regulations and shall preserve such accounts, books and other documents
for the periods prescribed by such laws and regulations. The accounts,
books and records of the Company, the Underwriter, the Account, the
Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates as to all transactions
hereunder shall be maintained so as to clearly and accurately disclose
the nature and details of the
24
<PAGE>
transactions, including such accounting information as is necessary to
support the reasonableness of the amounts paid by the Company hereunder.
Each party shall have the right to inspect and audit such accounts, books
and records of the other party during normal business hours upon
reasonable written notice to the other party. Each party shall keep
confidential all information obtained pursuant to such an inspection or
audit, and shall disclose such information to third parties only upon
receipt of written authorization from the other party, except as required
by law.
9. BROKER-DEALER COMPENSATION AND WHOLESALER PROMOTIONAL ALLOWANCES
a. The Company shall compensate Broker-Dealers and/or their duly
licensed insurance affiliates for sales of the Contracts by their
Representatives pursuant to Schedule 4 to this Agreement, as such
Schedule may be amended from time to time upon mutual agreement of the
parties to this Agreement. As of the effective date of this Agreement,
Schedule 4 governs only compensation and Promotional Allowances related
to sales of Kemper Gateway Elite and Custom annuity Contracts. When
additional Contracts are developed and offered for sale, Schedule 4 will
be appropriately amended to reflect the compensation and Promotional
Allowances payable as a result of sales of such additional Contracts.
Such compensation shall be based on Purchase Payments received and
accepted by the Company for all Contracts issued on applications obtained
by the Broker-Dealers or any of their respective Representatives. The
Company will pay compensation due Broker-Dealers and/or their insurance
affiliates in accordance with the procedures set forth in Schedule 4. The
compensation provided for in this Section 9 shall be payable to the
Broker-Dealer and/or its duly licensed insurance affiliate in accordance
with the sales agreement between the Underwriter and the Broker-Dealer
for so long as the Contracts are outstanding, regardless of whether this
Agreement is still in effect. In addition to the compensation payable to
the Broker-Dealers and their insurance affiliates, the Company shall pay
the Wholesaler a Promotional Allowance as a reimbursement for its
expenses incurred relating to its wholesaling activities contemplated by
this Agreement. Promotional Allowances shall be payable to the
Wholesaler in such amount and in accordance with the procedures as set
forth in Schedule 4, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time
upon mutual agreement of
25
<PAGE>
the parties to this Agreement. Promotional Allowances shall be payable
to the Wholesaler for so long as the Contracts are outstanding,
regardless of whether this Agreement and the Participation Agreement are
still in effect. Nothing herein or in any sales agreement shall be
construed to create any obligation on the part of the Wholesaler to
compensate any Broker-Dealer for sales of the Contracts.
If either State by insurance rule, regulation or statute, prohibits
payment of Promotional Allowances to the Wholesaler, the Wholesaler shall
designate in writing a business entity or natural person, including
Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, meeting the requirements of such State to
receive any amounts that may otherwise be payable to the Wholesaler
hereunder. The Wholesaler may change such designation from time to time
upon written notice to the Company. Any payments made by the Company to
any person or entity so designated by the Wholesaler shall discharge the
Company's liability to the Wholesaler hereunder.
If a purchaser rescinds a Contract or exercises a right to surrender a
contract for return of all Purchase Payments, the Wholesaler will pay to
the Company on demand the amount of any Promotional Allowances it
received on the Purchase Payments returned. Promotional Allowance
chargebacks will be calculated by the Company on the same basis, as
described in Schedule 4 hereto, as was utilized in calculating the
Contract Promotional Allowances received.
b. INDEBTEDNESS. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving
the Wholesaler the right to incur any indebtedness on behalf of the
Company.
c. APPOINTMENT FEES. The Company will pay the initial and renewal fees
for agent appointments by the Company of duly licensed Wholesaler Agency
Affiliates and Broker-Dealers and their respective Associated Persons;
provided, however, (a) that if total Aggregate Annual Sales of the
Contracts, as described in Section 21.a., do not exceed $60 million
during any calendar year beginning after December 31, 1997, the
Wholesaler will reimburse the Company for the total amount of initial or
renewal fees paid by the Company during such calendar year(s), and (b)
that the Company reserves the right to refuse to pay renewal fees for
26
<PAGE>
Representatives not meeting such minimal sales as may be agreed upon from
time to time. For purposes of (b) above, the minimal sales target for
Representatives shall be $25,000 per calendar year, unless the parties
hereto mutually agree on a different sales target for a calendar year.
Notwithstanding Clause (a) above, in calculating the amount of agent fee
reimbursements, if an agent solicited products of the Company in addition
to the Contracts described in this Agreement, the reimbursement otherwise
required under Clause (a) will be pro-rated, as described below:
The otherwise reimbursable amount shall be multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Kemper products
covered by this Agreement on the date of determination (two as of
the effective date of this Agreement) and the denominator of
which is the aggregate number of products of the Company and its
insurance affiliates being solicited by the agent on the date of
determination.
d. REPORTING. The Wholesaler shall be responsible for all tax reporting
information, if any, that the Wholesaler is required to provide under
applicable tax law to its Associated Persons with respect to the
Contracts. Nothing contained in this Agreement or any sales agreement
with a Broker-Dealer is to be construed to require the Wholesaler to
provide any tax reporting information directly or indirectly to any
Broker-Dealer or its Representatives.
e. SURVIVAL. Except for Section 9.c.(a), this Section 9 shall remain
operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of
this Agreement, and shall survive any such termination.
10. INVESTIGATION AND PROCEEDINGS
a. The Company, the Underwriter and the Wholesaler will cooperate fully
in any securities, insurance, governmental or regulatory investigation or
proceeding or judicial proceeding arising out of or in connection
27
<PAGE>
with the offering, sale or distribution of the Contracts for which the
Wholesaler acts as wholesaler pursuant to this Agreement. Without
limiting the foregoing, the Company, the Underwriter and the Wholesaler
agree to notify one another promptly of any customer complaint or notice
of any governmental, judicial or regulatory investigation or proceeding
described in this Section 10.
b. In the case of a substantive customer complaint, the Company, the
Underwriter, the Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates will
cooperate in investigating such complaint and any response by the Company
or Underwriter, as one party, or the Wholesaler or Wholesaler Agency
Affiliates, as another party, to such complaint will be sent to the other
party for approval not less than five business days prior to its being
sent to the customer or to any governmental or regulatory agency, except
that if a more prompt response is required, the proposed response shall
be communicated by telephone, telegraph or facsimile. Neither such party
will release any such response without the other party's prior written
approval, unless otherwise required by applicable law. Failure of any
party to object to a proposed response within four business days shall be
deemed to constitute approval of a proposed response by the non-objecting
party.
11. INDEMNIFICATION
a. The Company and the Underwriter, jointly and severally, shall
indemnify and hold harmless the Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency
Affiliates and each person who controls or is associated with the
Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates within the meaning of such
terms under the federal securities laws, and any officer, director,
employee or agent of the foregoing, against any and all losses, claims,
damages or liabilities, joint or several (including any investigative,
legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any
amounts paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any
claim asserted), to which the Wholesaler, the Wholesaler Agency
Affiliates and/or such person may become subject, under any statute or
regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities:
28
<PAGE>
(i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration
Statement, Prospectus, blue sky application or other document
executed by the Company specifically for the purpose of qualifying
any or all of the Contracts for sale under the securities laws of
either State, promotional, sales or advertising material for the
Contracts prepared by the Company, or the Contracts themselves (or
any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out
of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the
circumstances in which they were made; provided that this obligation
to indemnify shall not apply if such untrue statement or omission or
such alleged untrue statement or alleged omission was made in
reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing to the Company or the Underwriter by the Wholesaler
specifically for use in the preparation of any such Registration
Statement, Prospectus or blue-sky application or other document,
material or Contract (or any such amendment or supplement thereto);
or
(ii) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Fund
Registration Statement, Fund Prospectus, blue sky application or
other document executed by the Fund specifically for the purpose of
qualifying any or all of the shares of the Fund for sale under the
securities laws of either State, or in any promotional, sales or
advertising material or written information relating to the shares
of the Fund authorized by the Fund (or any amendment or supplement
to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the
omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they
were made, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that
such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with
information furnished in writing to the Wholesaler or the Fund by
the Company specifically for use in the preparation of any such Fund
Registration Statement, Fund Prospectus, blue-sky application or
other document (or any such amendment or supplement thereto); or
29
<PAGE>
(iii) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission of a material fact
by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriter (other than
statements or representations contained in the Fund Registration
Statement, Fund Prospectus or promotional, sales or advertising
material of the Fund that were not supplied by the Company, the
Underwriter or persons under their control) or wrongful conduct of
the Company or the Underwriter or persons under their control with
respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts; or
(iv) result because of the terms of any Contract or because of any
material breach by the Company or the Underwriter of any terms of
this Agreement or of any Contract or that proximately result from
any activities of the Company's or Underwriter's officers,
directors, employees or agents or their failure to take action in
connection with the sale of a Contract, to the extent of the
Company's or the Underwriter's obligations under this Agreement or
otherwise, or the processing or administration of the Contracts.
This indemnification obligation will be in addition to any liability
that the Company or Underwriter may otherwise have; provided,
however, that no person shall be entitled to indemnification
pursuant to this Section 11.a. if such loss, claim, damage or
liability is due to the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
negligence or reckless disregard of duty by the person seeking
indemnification.
b. The Wholesaler shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the
Underwriter and each person who controls or is associated with the
Company or the Underwriter within the meaning of such terms under the
federal securities laws and any officer, director, employee or agent of
the foregoing, against any and all losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, joint or several (including any investigative, legal and
other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amounts
paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim
asserted), to which the Company, the Underwriter and/or any such person
may become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise
out of or are based upon:
30
<PAGE>
(i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or blue-sky
application or other document executed by the Company specifically
for the purpose of qualifying any or all of the Contracts for sale
under the securities laws of either State (or any amendment or
supplement to the foregoing), or omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, in
light of the circumstances in which they were made, in each case to
the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in
reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in
writing to the Company or the Underwriter by the Wholesaler
specifically for use in the preparation of any such Registration
Statement, Prospectus, such blue-sky application or other document
(or any such amendment or supplement thereto), the parties hereby
confirming that the only such information is the information which
appears in the Prospectus under the sub-caption "Kemper Investors
Fund" and in the Statement of Additional Information filed with the
Prospectus under the caption "Performance Information;" or
(ii) any use of promotional, sales or advertising material for the
Contracts not approved in writing by the Company or any verbal or
written misrepresentations or any unlawful sales practices
concerning the Contracts by the Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency
Affiliates under federal securities laws or NASD regulations (but
not including State insurance laws, compliance with which is a
responsibility of the Company or the Underwriter under this
Agreement or otherwise); or
(iii) claims by agents, representatives or employees of the
Wholesaler for compensation or other remuneration of any type other
than claims by any Broker-Dealer relating to compensation described
or referred to in Schedule 4 hereto; or
(iv) any material breach by the Wholesaler or the Wholesaler Agency
Affiliates of any provision of this Agreement.
31
<PAGE>
This indemnification obligation will be in addition to any liability
that the Wholesaler may otherwise have; provided, however, that no
person shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section
11.b. if such loss, claim, damage or liability is due to the willful
misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of
duty by the person seeking indemnification.
c. If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable to
an indemnified party under paragraphs (a) or (b) hereof in respect to any
losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each
applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified
party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified
party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company
and the Underwriter, on the one hand, and the Wholesaler, on the other,
as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative
fault of the Company and the Underwriter, on the one hand, and the
Wholesaler, on the other, with respect to untrue or alleged untrue
statements of material fact or omissions or alleged omissions of material
facts shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether
the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Company or by the Underwriter, on the one hand, and by the Wholesaler, on
the other, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the
losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to above shall be deemed
to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by
such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or
claim.
The Company, the Underwriter and the Wholesaler agree that it would not
be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section were
determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation
which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to
in the immediately preceding paragraph.
32
<PAGE>
If the Company and the Underwriter, as one party, and the Wholesaler, as
the other party, cannot agree on the appropriate amount of any
contribution payable pursuant to this Section, the matter shall be
settled by arbitration pursuant to Section 16 hereof. The costs of any
such arbitration shall be divided equally between the Company and the
Underwriter, as one party, and the Wholesaler, as the other party.
d. After receipt by a party entitled to indemnification ("indemnified
party") under this Section 11 of notice of the commencement of any
action, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made by the indemnified
party against any person obligated to provide indemnification under this
Section 11 ("indemnifying party"), such indemnified party will notify the
indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof as soon as
practicable thereafter, provided that the omission to so notify the
indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability under this
Section 11, except to the extent that the omission results in a failure
of actual notice to the indemnifying party and such indemnifying party is
damaged as a result of the failure to give such notice. The indemnifying
party, upon the request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the
indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in
such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel
related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified
party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and
expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified
party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall
have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named
parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include
both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation
of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual
or potential differing interests between them. The indemnifying party
shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without
its written consent but if settled with such consent or if there be a
final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnified party shall indemnify
the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of
such settlement or judgment.
33
<PAGE>
e. The indemnification provisions contained in this Section 11 shall
remain operative in full force and effect, regardless of (i) any
investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or by or on behalf of
any controlling person thereof, (ii) delivery of any Contracts and
Purchase Payments therefor, or (iii) any termination of this Agreement.
A successor by law of the Wholesaler or the Company, as the case may be,
shall be entitled to the benefits of the indemnification provisions
contained in this Section 11.
12. TERMINATION
a. This Agreement may be terminated at the option of any party upon
twelve months advance written notice to the other parties, such
termination to be effective no earlier than six years following the date
on which the first Contract is issued to the public. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, this Agreement shall terminate automatically on the
termination date of the Participation Agreement among the Fund, Zurich
Kemper Investments Inc., KDI and the Company entered into
contemporaneously herewith.
b. This Agreement may not be assigned without the express written
consent of the other parties hereto. This Agreement may be terminated at
the option of the Company and the Underwriter, as one party, or the
Wholesaler and the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, as one party, upon the
other party's material breach of any provision of this Agreement, if any
such breach is not cured within ninety days after notice thereof to the
breaching party and all other parties..
c. Upon termination of this Agreement all authorizations, rights and
obligations shall cease except: (i) the obligation to continue to pay
compensation to Broker-Dealers and compensation and Promotional
Allowances to the Wholesaler, as set forth in Section 9.a. and Schedule
4; (ii) the provisions contained in Sections 7, 9 and 11 of this
Agreement; and (iii) the indemnification provisions set forth in Section
11 of this Agreement, or as otherwise specifically noted in this
Agreement.
34
<PAGE>
13. RIGHTS, REMEDIES, ETC, ARE CUMULATIVE
The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are
cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and
obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties to this Agreement are
entitled to under state and federal laws. Failure of the Wholesaler or
the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, as one party, or the Company or the
Underwriter, as another party, to insist upon strict compliance by the
other party with any of the conditions of this Agreement shall not be
construed as a waiver of any of the conditions, but the same shall remain
in full force and effect. No waiver of any of the provisions of this
Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other
provisions, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a
continuing waiver.
14. NOTICES
All notices hereunder are to be made in writing and shall be given:
if to the Company to:
Lila M. Weihs, Assistant Vice President
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
440 Lincoln Street
Worcester, MA 01653
if to the Underwriter to:
Stephen Parker, President
Allmerica Investments, Inc.
440 Lincoln Street
Worcester, MA 01653
35
<PAGE>
if to the Wholesaler or Wholesaler Agency Affiliates, to any such party
at:
[Name of Party]
222 South Riverside Plaza
Chicago, IL 60606
Attention: President
or such other address as such party may hereafter specify in writing.
Each such notice to a party shall be either hand delivered or transmitted
by registered or certified United States mail with return receipt
requested, and shall be effective upon delivery.
15. INTERPRETATION, JURISDICTION, ETC.
This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement between the parties to
this Agreement relating to the wholesaling activities contemplated in
this Agreement, and supersedes all prior oral or written negotiations
between the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter
of this Agreement. The parties acknowledge that the Company, the
Wholesaler and the Fund have entered into the Participation Agreement in
contemplation of entering into this Agreement. This Agreement shall be
construed and the provisions of this Agreement interpreted under and in
accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts
without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.
16. ARBITRATION
Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or
the breach of this Agreement, shall be settled by arbitration in
accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American
Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the
arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
36
<PAGE>
17. HEADINGS
The headings in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference
only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions of this
Agreement or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
18. COUNTERPARTS
This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which
taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
19. SEVERABILITY
This is a severable agreement and in the event that any part or parts of
this Agreement shall be held to be unenforceable to its or their full
extent, then it is the intention of the parties to this Agreement that
such part or parts shall be enforced to the extent permitted under the
law, and, in any event, that all other parts of this Agreement shall
remain valid and duly enforceable as if the unenforceable part or parts
had never been a part of this Agreement.
20. REGULATION
This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933 Act, 1934
Act and 1940 Act and the Regulations and the rules and regulations of the
NASD, from time to time in effect, including such exemptions from the
1940 Act as the SEC may grant, and the terms of this Agreement shall be
interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.
37
<PAGE>
21. MISCELLANEOUS
a. For the purposes of Section 9.c.(a), "Aggregate Annual Sales" shall
refer to the total annual sales of the Contracts pursuant both to this
Agreement and to the Wholesaling Agreement with Allmerica Financial Life
Insurance and Annuity Company ("AFLIAC") and "total amount of initial or
renewal fees" shall refer to the aggregate amount of such fees incurred
by the Company and AFLIAC.
b. The Company and the Underwriter acknowledge that the names "Gateway
Elite," "Gateway Custom," "Kemper Gateway Elite" and "Kemper Gateway
Custom," and any and all variations thereof, are the exclusive property
of the Wholesaler and their respective affiliates, and that any use of
any such names or any variation thereof during or after the term of this
Agreement are and will be subject to the express prior written consent of
KDI and/or ZKIA thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, KD and ZKIA
hereby specifically permit the Company to use the above names as the
Company deems necessary or appropriate in its administration of the
Contracts subject to this Agreement. The Company and the Wholesaler
agree that in the event of any breach of this Section 21.b, as a remedy
therefor and in addition to all other remedies, the Wholesaler shall be
entitled to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief
without proof of actual damages, and that the Company and the Underwriter
will not oppose or impede the granting of such relief.
38
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto represents that the officer signing
this Agreement on the party's behalf is duly authorized to execute this
Agreement; and each party has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by
such authorized officer on the date specified below.
FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
Date: 11/6/96 By: /s/ Richard M. Reilly
--------- ---------------------
Name:
---------------------
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
ALLMERICA INVESTMENTS, INC.
Date: 11/6/96 By: /s/ Richard M. Reilly
--------- ---------------------
Name:
---------------------
Title: Director
KEMPER DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
(on its own behalf and on behalf of
the Wholesaler Agency Affiliates)
Date: 11/5/96 By: /s/ James L. Greenawalt
--------- ---------------------
Name:
---------------------
Title: President
---------------------
ZKI AGENCY, INC.
Date: 11/5/96 By: /s/ James L. Greenawalt
--------- ---------------------
Name:
---------------------
Title: President
---------------------
39
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 1
Wholesaler Agency Affiliates
Effective ______________, 1996
Name of State(s) In
Wholesaler Agency Affiliate Which Licensed
- --------------------------- --------------
None
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 2
Separate Accounts
Available under the Contracts
Effective _____________, 1996
Separate Account Subaccounts are invested
in the following Kemper Investors Fund
Name of Separate Account Portfolios
- ------------------------ ------------------------------------------
Separate Accounts KG (Kemper MM
Gateway Elite) and KGC (Kemper Gov Sec
Gateway Custom) of First Allmerica Inv Grade
Financial Life Insurance High Yield
Company Horizon 5
Horizon 10+
Horizon 20+
Total Return
Growth
Value
Value and Growth
Small Cap Value
Small Cap Growth
International
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 3
Contracts Subject to Wholesaling Agreement
Effective _______________, 1996
SEC
Marketing Policy Registration
Name Form No. No.
------------- -------------- ---------------
Kemper Gateway Elite A3025-96 333-10285
Kemper Gateway Custom A3026-96 333-10395
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE 4
Broker-Dealer Compensation and
Wholesaler Promotional Allowance Schedule
The Broker-Dealer Compensation payable by the Company with respect to the
sale and distribution of the Contracts, based on initial and subsequent
Purchase Payments received and accepted by the Company, shall be computed
under one of the options shown below:
For non-401(k) contracts:
Option A: 6.00% and no trail
For 401(k) contracts:
Option A: 5% and no trail
These amounts shall be payable to Broker-Dealers as sales commissions. Such
amounts will be paid according to the then current practice of the Company,
but no less frequently than twice each calendar month. Alternative sales
commission options involving a combination of both up-front amounts and asset
based trails may be made available by mutual agreement, if permissible under
applicable State laws and regulations.
Promotional Allowances shall be payable to the Wholesaler as reimbursement
for its expenses incurred with respect to the distribution of the Contracts
("Support Services"); provided, however, that the Company shall pay such
amounts from Promotional Allowances to Broker-Dealers who provide Support
Services, as the Wholesaler may from time to time direct.
Promotional Allowances shall be determined as follows:
- .15% on an annual basis of the average daily assets in the Elite
separate accounts (excluding the GPA accounts); plus
- .15% on an annual basis of the average monthly account balance in the
GPA and fixed accounts for both the Elite and Custom Contracts; plus
- .25% of initial and subsequent Purchase Payments received and accepted
by the Company on any Contract for which commission Option B was
chosen; plus
<PAGE>
- 1.00% of initial and subsequent Purchase Payments received and accepted
by the Company for 401(k) Contracts.
Promotional allowances will be reduced by the following amounts:
- .50% of initial and subsequent Purchase Payments for Contracts issued
in a State which levies an up-front premium tax; plus
- $35 each contract anniversary and on surrender for Contracts issued to
fund 401(k) plans with Contract values of $50,000 or less.
The net Promotional Allowance will be paid to the Wholesaler according to the
then current practice of the Company, but no less frequently than monthly.
<PAGE>
November 6, 1996
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
440 Lincoln Street
Worcester, MA 01653
Gentlemen:
In my capacity as Counsel of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
(the "Company"), I have participated in the preparation of Pre-Effective
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement for the Separate Account KG on
Form N-4 under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of
1940, with respect to the Company's individual and group variable annuity
policies offered by the Separate Account.
I am of the following opinion:
1. Separate Account KG is a separate account of the company validly existing
pursuant to the Massachusetts Insurance Code and the regulations issued
thereunder.
2. The assets held in Separate Account KG are not chargeable with
liabilities arising out of any other business the Company may conduct.
3. The individual and group variable annuity policies, when issued in
accordance with the Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement and
upon compliance with applicable local law, will be legal and binding
obligations of the Company in accordance with their terms and when sold
will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
In arriving at the foregoing opinion, I have made such examination of law and
examined such records and other documents as in my judgment are necessary or
appropriate.
I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement of Separate Account
KG filed under the Securities Act of 1933.
Very truly yours,
/s/Sheila B. St. Hilaire
Sheila B. St. Hilaire
Counsel
<PAGE>
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We hereby consent to the use in the Statement of Additional Information
constituting part of this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration
Statement for Separate Account KG of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
Company on Form N-4 of our report dated February 5, 1996, relating to the
consolidated financial statements of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
Company which appears in such Statement of Additional Information. We also
consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Statement
of Additional Information.
/s/ Price Waterhouse LLP
Price Waterhouse LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
November 5, 1996
<PAGE>
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
AMONG
KEMPER INVESTORS FUND
ZURICH KEMPER INVESTMENTS, INC.
KEMPER DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
AND
FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of this _____ day of November, 1996
by and among First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company (hereinafter,
the "Company"), a Massachusetts insurance company, on its own behalf and on
behalf of each separate account of the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto
as may be amended from time to time (each account hereinafter referred to as
an "Account"), Kemper Investors Fund, a business trust organized under the
laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (hereinafter the "Fund"), Zurich
Kemper Investments, Inc. (hereinafter the "Adviser"), a Delaware corporation,
and Kemper Distributors, Inc. (hereinafter the "Underwriter"), a Delaware
corporation.
WHEREAS, the Fund engages in business as an open-end management investment
company and is available to act as the investment vehicle for separate
accounts established for variable life insurance and variable annuity
contracts (hereinafter the "Variable Insurance Products") offered by
insurance companies that have entered into participation agreements with the
Fund (hereinafter "Participating Insurance Companies");
WHEREAS, the beneficial interest in the Fund is divided into several series
of shares, each designated a "Portfolio" and representing the interest in a
particular managed portfolio of securities and other assets;
WHEREAS, the Fund has obtained an order from the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC") granting Participating Insurance Companies and variable
annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts exemptions from the
provisions of Sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a), and 15(b) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended, (hereinafter the "1940 Act") and Rules
6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder, if and to the extent necessary to
permit shares of the Fund to be sold to and held by variable annuity and
variable life insurance separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated
life insurance companies (hereinafter the "Shared Funding Exemption Order");
WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end management investment company
under the 1940 Act and shares of the Portfolios are registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the "1933 Act");
<PAGE>
WHEREAS, the Adviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and any applicable state
securities laws;
WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register certain variable life
insurance and variable annuity contracts supported wholly or partially by the
Accounts (the "Contracts") under the 1933 Act, and said Contracts are listed
in Schedule A hereto, as it may be amended from time to time by mutual
written agreement;
WHEREAS, each Account is duly established and maintained as a separate
account, established by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company,
on the date shown for such Account on Schedule A hereto, to set aside and
invest assets attributable to the aforesaid Contracts;
WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register each Account as a unit
investment trust under the 1940 Act;
WHEREAS, the Underwriter is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("1934 Act"), and is a member
in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
("NASD");
WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and
regulations, the Company intends to purchase shares of the Portfolios listed
in Schedule A hereto, as it may be amended from time to time at the request
of the Fund, Underwriter and Adviser and with the consent of the Company,
which consent will not be unreasonably withheld ("Designated Portfolios"), on
behalf of the Accounts to fund the aforesaid Contracts, and the Underwriter
is authorized to sell such shares to unit investment trusts such as the
Accounts at net asset value; and
WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and
regulations, the Company also intends to purchase shares in other open-end
investment companies or series thereof not affiliated with the Fund
("Unaffiliated Funds") on behalf of the Accounts to fund the Contracts if and
to the extent that the Underwriter and the Adviser so agree, in their sole
discretion;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company, the
Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriter agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
SALE OF FUND SHARES
1.1. The Underwriter agrees to sell to the Company those shares of the
Designated Portfolios that the Accounts order, executing such orders on a
daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or
its designee of the order for the shares of the Designated Portfolios.
2
<PAGE>
1.2. The Fund agrees to make shares of each Designated Portfolio available
for purchase at the applicable net asset value per share by the Company and
the Accounts on those days on which the Fund calculates such Designated
Portfolio's net asset value pursuant to rules of the SEC, and the Fund shall
use reasonable efforts to calculate such net asset value on each day when the
New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Board of Trustees of the Fund ("Board") may refuse to sell shares of any
Designated Portfolio to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of
shares of any Designated Portfolio if such action is required by law or by
regulatory authorities having jurisdiction, or is, in the sole discretion of
the Board acting in good faith and in light of its fiduciary duties under
federal and any applicable state laws, necessary in the best interest of the
shareholders of such Designated Portfolio.
1.3. The Fund and the Underwriter agree that shares of the Fund will be sold
only to Participating Insurance Companies or their separate accounts. No
shares of any Designated Portfolios will be sold to the general public. The
Fund and the Underwriter will not sell shares of any Designated Portfolio to
any insurance company or separate account unless an agreement containing
provisions substantially the same as Sections 2.1, 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6 and
Article VII of this Agreement is in effect to govern such sales.
1.4. The Fund agrees to redeem, on the Company's request, any full or
fractional shares of the Designated Portfolios held by the Company, executing
such requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after
receipt by the Fund or its designee of the request for redemption, except
that the Fund reserves the right to suspend the right of redemption or
postpone the date of payment or satisfaction upon redemption consistent with
Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act and any rules thereunder, and in accordance
with the procedures and policies of the Fund as described in the Fund's then
current prospectus.
1.5. For purposes of Sections 1.1 and 1.4, the Company shall be the designee
of the Fund for receipt of purchase and redemption orders from the Accounts,
and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided
that the Company receives the order prior to the determination of net asset
value as set forth in the Fund's then current prospectus and the Fund
receives notice of such order by 9:30 a.m. New York time on the next
following Business Day. "Business Day" shall mean any day on which the New
York Stock Exchange is open for trading and on which the Fund calculates its
net asset value pursuant to the rules of the SEC.
1.6. The Company agrees to purchase and redeem the shares of each Designated
Portfolio offered by the Fund's then current prospectus in accordance with
the provisions of such prospectus.
1.7. The Company shall pay for shares of a Designated Portfolio on the next
Business Day after receipt of an order to purchase shares of such Designated
Portfolio. Payment shall be in federal funds transmitted by wire by 11:00
a.m. New York time. If payment in federal funds for any purchase is not
received or is received by the Fund after 11:00 a.m. New York time on such
Business Day, the Company shall promptly, upon the Fund's request, reimburse
the Fund for any
3
<PAGE>
charges, costs, fees, interest or other expenses incurred by the Fund in
connection with any advances to, or borrowing or overdrafts by, the Fund, or
any similar expenses incurred by the Fund, as a result of portfolio
transactions effected by the Fund based upon such purchase request. For
purposes of Section 2.8 and 2.9 hereof, upon receipt by the Fund of the
federal funds so wired, such funds shall cease to be the responsibility of
the Company and shall become the responsibility of the Fund.
1.8. Issuance and transfer of the shares of a Designated Portfolio will be
by book entry only. Stock certificates will not be issued to the Company or
any Account. Shares of a Designated Portfolio ordered from the Fund will be
recorded in an appropriate title for each Account or the appropriate
subaccount of each Account.
1.9. The Fund shall furnish same-day notice (by wire or telephone, followed
by written confirmation) to the Company of any income, dividends or capital
gain distributions payable on shares of the Designated Portfolios. The
Company hereby elects to receive all such income, dividends, and capital gain
distributions as are payable on shares of a Designated Portfolio in
additional shares of that Designated Portfolio. The Company reserves the
right to revoke this election and to receive all such income dividends and
capital gain distributions in cash. The Fund shall notify the Company of the
number of shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.
The Fund shall use its best efforts to furnish advance notice of the day such
dividends and distributions are expected to be paid.
1.10. The Fund shall make the net asset value per share for each Designated
Portfolio available to the Company on a daily basis as soon as reasonably
practical after the net asset value per share is calculated (normally by 6:30
p.m. New York time) and shall use its best efforts to make such net asset
value per share available by 7:00 p.m. New York time.
1.11. The Parties hereto acknowledge that the arrangement contemplated by
this Agreement is not exclusive; the shares of the Designated Portfolios (and
other Portfolios of the Fund) may be sold to other insurance companies
(subject to Section 1.3 and Article VII hereof) and the cash value of the
Contracts may be invested in other investment companies, provided, however,
that the Adviser and Underwriter consent to the use of such other investment
company in their sole discretion.
ARTICLE II.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
2.1. The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are or will be
registered under the 1933 Act; that the Contracts will be continually issued,
offered for sale and sold in compliance in all material respects with all
applicable federal and state laws and that the sale of the Contracts shall
comply in all material respects with state insurance suitability
requirements. The Company further represents and warrants that it is an
insurance company duly organized and in good standing under applicable law
and that it has legally and validly established each Account prior
4
<PAGE>
to any issuance or sale thereof as a separate account under the Massachusetts
insurance laws and has registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the
Contracts, will register each Account as a unit investment trust in
accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act to serve as a separate account
for the Contracts.
2.2. The Fund represents and warrants that shares of the Designated
Portfolios sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933
Act, duly authorized for issuance and sold in compliance with all applicable
federal securities laws and that the Fund is and shall remain registered
under the 1940 Act. The Fund shall amend the Registration Statement for its
shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as required in
order to effect the continuous offering of its shares. The Fund shall
register and qualify the shares of the Designated Portfolios for sale in
accordance with the laws of the various states only if and to the extent
deemed advisable by the Fund.
2.3. The Fund currently does not intend to make any payments to finance
distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, although it
may make such payments in the future subject to applicable law.
2.4. The Fund makes no representations as to whether any aspect of its
operation, including but not limited to, investments policies, fees and
expenses, complies with the insurance and other applicable laws of the
various states, except that the Fund represents that the investment policies,
fees and expenses of the Designated Portfolios are and shall at all times
remain in compliance with the insurance laws of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts to the extent required to perform this Agreement. The Company
will advise the Fund in writing as to any requirements of Massachusetts
insurance law that affect the Designated Portfolios, and the Fund will be
deemed to be in compliance with this Section 2.4 so long as the Fund complies
with such advice of the Company.
2.5. The Fund represents that it is lawfully organized and validly existing
as a business trust under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and
that it does and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.
2.6. The Underwriter represents and warrants that it is a member in good
standing of the NASD and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC. The
Underwriter further represents that it will sell and distribute the shares of
the Designated Portfolios in accordance with any applicable state and federal
securities laws.
2.7. The Adviser represents and warrants that it is and shall remain duly
registered as an investment adviser under all applicable federal and state
securities laws and that the Adviser shall perform its obligations for the
Fund in compliance in all material respects with any applicable state and
federal securities laws.
5
<PAGE>
2.8. The Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriter represent and warrant that
all their directors, officers, employees, investment advisers, and other
individuals or entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Fund
are and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond
or similar coverage for the benefit of the Fund in an amount not less than
the minimum coverage required currently by Rule 17g-1 of the 1940 Act or such
related provisions as may be promulgated from time to time. The aforesaid
bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued
by a reputable bonding company.
2.9. The Company represents and warrants that all its directors, officers,
employees, investment advisers, and other individuals or entities employed or
controlled by the Company dealing with the money and/or securities of the
Fund are covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage in an amount
not less than $20 million. The aforesaid bond includes coverage for larceny
and embezzlement and is issued by a reputable bonding company. The Company
agrees that this bond or another bond containing these provisions will always
be in effect, and agrees to notify the Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriter
in the event that such coverage no longer applies.
2.10 The Company represents and warrants that all shares of the Designated
Portfolios purchased by the Company will be purchased on behalf of one or
more unmanaged separate accounts that offer interests therein that are
registered under the 1933 Act and upon which a registration fee has been or
will be paid; and the Company acknowledges that the Fund intends to rely upon
this representation and warranty for purposes of calculating SEC registration
fees payable with respect to such shares of the Designated Portfolios
pursuant to Instruction B.5 to Form 24F-2 or any similar form or SEC
registration fee calculation procedure that allows the Fund to exclude shares
so sold for purposes of calculating its SEC registration fee. The Company
agrees to cooperate with the Fund on no less than an annual basis to certify
as to its continuing compliance with this representation and warranty.
ARTICLE III.
PROSPECTUSES, STATEMENTS OF ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION, AND PROXY STATEMENTS; VOTING
3.1. The Fund shall provide the Company with as many copies of the Fund's
current prospectus for the Designated Portfolios as the Company may
reasonably request. If requested by the Company in lieu thereof, the Fund
shall provide such documentation (including a final copy of the new
prospectus) and other assistance as is reasonably necessary in order for the
Company once each year (or more frequently if the prospectus for a Designated
Portfolio is amended) to have the prospectus for the Contracts and the
prospectus for the Designated Portfolios printed together in one document.
Expenses with respect to the foregoing shall be borne as provided under
Article V.
3.2. The Fund's prospectus shall disclose that (a) the Fund is intended to
be a funding vehicle for all types of variable annuity and variable life
insurance contracts offered by Participating Insurance Companies, (b)
material irreconcilable conflicts of interest may arise, and (c) the Fund's
6
<PAGE>
Board will monitor events in order to identify the existence of any material
irreconcilable conflicts and determine what action, if any, should be taken
in response to such conflicts. The Fund hereby notifies the Company that
disclosure in the prospectus for the Contracts regarding the potential risks
of mixed and shared funding may be appropriate. Further, the Fund's
prospectus shall state that the current Statement of Additional Information
("SAI") for the Fund is available from the Company (or, in the Fund's
discretion, from the Fund), and the Fund shall provide a copy of such SAI to
any owner of a Contract who requests such SAI and to the Company in such
quantities as the Company may reasonably request. Expenses with respect to
the foregoing shall be borne as provided under Article V.
3.3. The Fund shall provide the Company with copies of its proxy material,
reports to shareholders, and other communications to shareholders for the
Designated Portfolios in such quantity as the Company shall reasonably
require for distributing to Contract owners. Expenses with respect to the
foregoing shall be borne as provided under Article V.
3.4. The Company shall:
(i) solicit voting instructions from Contract owners;
(ii) vote the shares of each Designated Portfolio in accordance
with instructions received from Contract owners; and
(iii) vote shares of each Designated Portfolio for which no
instructions have been received in the same proportion as
shares of such Designated Portfolio for which instructions
have been received,
so long as and to the extent that the SEC continues to interpret the 1940 Act
to require pass-through voting privileges for variable contract owners or to
the extent otherwise required by law. The Company reserves the right to vote
shares of each Designated Portfolio held in any separate account in its own
right, to the extent permitted by law.
3.5. The Company shall be responsible for assuring that each of its separate
accounts participating in a Designated Portfolio calculates voting privileges
as required by the Shared Funding Exemption Order and consistent with any
reasonable standards that the Fund has adopted or may adopt.
3.6. The Fund will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act requiring
voting by shareholders, and in particular the Fund will either provide for
annual meetings or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the
Fund is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of that Act) as well
as with Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable, Section 16(b). Further,
the Fund will act in accordance with the SEC's interpretation of the
requirements of Section 16(a) with respect to periodic elections of directors
or trustees and with whatever rules the SEC may promulgate from time to time
with respect thereto. The Fund reserves the right, upon prior
7
<PAGE>
written notice to the Company, to take all actions, including but not limited
to, the dissolution, termination, merger and sale of all assets of the Fund
or any Designated Portfolio upon the sole authorization of the Board, to the
extent permitted by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the
1940 Act.
3.7. It is understood and agreed that, except with respect to information
regarding the Fund, the Underwriter, the Adviser or Designated Portfolios
provided in writing by the Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser, none of the
Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser is responsible for the content of the
prospectus or statement of additional information for the Contracts.
ARTICLE IV.
SALES MATERIAL AND INFORMATION
4.1. The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Fund
or the Underwriter, each piece of sales literature or other promotional
material ("sales literature") that the Company develops or uses and in which
the Fund (or a Designated Portfolio thereof) or the Adviser or the
Underwriter is named, at least fifteen calendar days prior to its use. No
such material shall be used if the Fund or its designee reasonably objects to
such use within fifteen calendar days after receipt of such material. The
Fund or its designee reserves the right to reasonably object to the continued
use of such material, and no such material shall be used if the Fund or its
designee so object.
4.2. The Company shall not give any information or make any representation
or statement on behalf of the Fund or concerning the Fund in connection with
the sale of the Contracts other than the information or representations
contained in the registration statement, prospectus or SAI for the shares of
the Designated Portfolios, as such registration statement, prospectus or SAI
may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy
statements for the Fund, or in sales literature approved by the Fund or its
designee or by the Underwriter, except with the permission of the Fund or the
Underwriter or the designee of either.
4.3. The Fund or the Underwriter shall furnish, or shall cause to be
furnished, to the Company, each piece of sales literature that the Fund or
Underwriter develops or uses in which the Company and/or its Account is
named, at least fifteen calendar days prior to its use. No such material
shall be used if the Company reasonably objects to such use within fifteen
calendar days after receipt of such material. The Company reserves the right
to reasonably object to the continued use of such material and no such
material shall be used if the Company so objects.
4.4. The Fund and the Underwriter shall not give any information or make any
representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, the
Account, or the Contracts other than the information or representations
contained in a registration statement, prospectus, or statement of additional
information for the Contracts, as such registration statement, prospectus or
statement of additional information may be amended or supplemented from time
to time, or in published reports for the Accounts which are the public domain
or approved by the Company for distribution
8
<PAGE>
to Contract owners, or in sales literature approved by the Company or its
designee, except with the permission of the Company.
4.5. The Fund will provide to the Company at least one complete copy of all
registration statements, prospectuses, SAIs, reports, proxy statements, sales
literature, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action letters, and
all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Designated Portfolios,
contemporaneously with the filing of such document(s) with the SEC or other
regulatory authorities.
4.6. The Company will provide to the Fund at least one complete copy of all
registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information,
shareholder reports, solicitations for voting instructions, sales literature,
applications for exemptions, request for no-action letters, and all
amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Contracts or the Accounts,
contemporaneously with the filing of such document(s) with the SEC or other
regulatory authorities.
4.7. For purposes of this Agreement, the phrase "sales literature" includes,
but is not limited to, any of the following: advertisements (such as
material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper, magazine, or other
periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape
display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, or other public media), sales
literature (i.e., any written communication distributed or made generally
available to customers or the public, including brochures, circulars,
reports, market letters, form letters, seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of
any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article) and
educational or training materials or other communications distributed or made
generally available to some or all agents or employees.
4.8. At the request of any party to this Agreement, any other party will
make available to the requesting party's independent auditors all records,
data and access to operating procedures that may reasonably be requested in
connection with compliance and regulatory requirements related to this
Agreement or any party's obligations under this Agreement.
4.9. Without the written consent of the Fund and the Underwriter, the
Company shall not, and shall not permit any affiliate of the Company to,
directly or indirectly solicit, encourage or induce: (i) Contract owner
transactions that will result in the redemption of shares of a Designated
Portfolio; (ii) Contract owners to change the investment manager or
sub-adviser of a Designated Portfolio; or (iii) Contract owners to change,
modify, substitute, add or delete any investment option.
9
<PAGE>
ARTICLE V.
FEES AND EXPENSES
5.1. All expenses incident to performance by the Fund under this Agreement
shall be paid by the Fund, except and as further provided in Schedule B. The
Fund shall see to it that all shares of the Designated Portfolios are
registered, duly authorized for issuance and sold in compliance with
applicable federal securities laws and, if and to the extent deemed advisable
by the Fund, in accordance with applicable state securities laws prior to
their sale.
5.2. The parties hereto shall bear the expenses of typesetting, printing and
distributing the Fund's prospectus, SAI, proxy materials and reports as
provided in Schedule B.
5.3. Administrative services to variable Contract owners shall be the
responsibility of the Company and shall not be the responsibility of the
Fund, Underwriter or Adviser. The Fund recognizes the Company as the sole
shareholder of shares of the Designated Portfolios issued under the Agreement.
5.4. The Fund shall not pay and neither the Adviser nor the Underwriter
shall pay any fee or other compensation to the Company under this Agreement,
although the parties will bear certain expenses in accordance with Schedule B
and other provisions of this Agreement.
ARTICLE VI.
DIVERSIFICATION AND QUALIFICATION
6.1. The Fund will invest the assets of each Designated Portfolio in such a
manner as to ensure that the Contracts will be treated as annuity or life
insurance contracts, whichever is appropriate, under the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended ("Code") and the regulations issued thereunder (or
any successor provisions). Without limiting the scope of the foregoing, the
Fund will, with respect to each Designated Portfolio, comply with Section
817(h) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.817-5, and any Treasury
interpretations thereof, relating to the diversification requirements for
variable annuity, endowment, or life insurance contracts, and any amendments
or other modifications or successor provisions to such Section or
Regulations. In the event of a breach of this Article VI, the Fund will take
all reasonable steps (a) to notify the Company of such breach and (b) to
adequately diversify the affected Designated Portfolio so as to achieve
compliance within the grace period afforded by Treasury Regulation
Section 1.817-5.
6.2. The Fund represents that each Designated Portfolio is currently
qualified (and for new Designated Portfolios, intends to qualify) as a
Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Code, and that it will
make every effort to maintain such qualification (under Subchapter M or any
successor or similar provisions) and that it will notify the Company
immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that a Designated
Portfolio has ceased to so qualify or that a Designated Portfolio might not
so qualify in the future.
10
<PAGE>
6.3. The Company represents that the Contracts are currently, and at the
time of issuance shall be, treated as life insurance or annuity insurance
contracts, under applicable provisions of the Code, and that it will make
every effort to maintain such treatment, and that it will notify the Fund,
the Adviser and the Underwriter immediately upon having a reasonable basis
for believing the Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they might
not be so treated in the future. The Company agrees that any prospectus
offering a contract that is a "modified endowment contract" as that term is
defined in Section 7702A of the Code (or any successor or similar provision),
shall identify such contract as a modified endowment contract.
ARTICLE VII.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS
7.1. The Board will monitor the Fund for the existence of any material
irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the contract owners of all
separate accounts investing in the Fund. An irreconcilable material conflict
may arise for a variety of reasons, including: (a) an action by any state
insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or state
insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling,
private letter ruling, no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar
action by insurance, tax, or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an
administrative or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the
manner in which the investments of any Designated Portfolio are being
managed; (e) a difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity
contract and variable life insurance contract owners; or (f) a decision by a
Participating Insurance Company to disregard the voting instructions of
contract owners. The Board shall promptly inform the Company if it
determines that an irreconcilable material conflict exists and the
implications thereof.
7.2. The Company and the Adviser will report any potential or existing
conflicts of which each is aware to the Board. The Company will assist the
Board in carrying out its responsibilities under the Shared Funding Exemption
Order, by providing the Board with all information reasonably necessary for
the Board to consider any issues raised. This includes, but is not limited
to, an obligation by the Company to inform the Board whenever Contract owner
voting instructions are disregarded. At least annually, and more frequently
if deemed appropriate by the Board, the Company shall submit to the Adviser,
and the Adviser shall at least annually submit to the Board, such reports,
materials and data as the Board may reasonably request so that the Board may
fully carry out the obligations imposed upon it by the conditions contained
in the Shared Funding Exemption Order; and said reports, materials and data
shall be submitted more frequently if deemed appropriate by the Board. The
responsibility to report such information and conflicts to the Board will be
carried out with a view only to the interests of the contract owners.
7.3. If it is determined by a majority of the Board, or a majority of its
disinterested members, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the
Company and any other Participating Insurance Companies shall, at their
expense and to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority
of the disinterested Board members), take whatever steps are necessary to
remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict, up to and
including: (a), withdrawing the assets
11
<PAGE>
allocable to some or all of the separate accounts from the Fund or any
Designated Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different investment
medium, which may include another Designated Portfolio of the Fund, or
submitting to a vote of all affected contract owners the question whether
such segregation should be implemented and, as appropriate, segregating the
assets of any appropriate group (i.e. annuity contract owners, life insurance
contract owners, or variable contract owners of one or more Participating
Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to
the affected contract owners the option of making such a change; and (b),
establishing a new registered management investment company or managed
separate account.
7.4. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision by
the Company to disregard contract owner voting instructions and that decision
represents a minority position or would preclude a majority vote, the Company
may be required, at the Fund's election, to withdraw the affected Account's
investment in any Designated Portfolio and terminate this Agreement with
respect to such Account provided, however, that such withdrawal and
termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material
irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested
members of the Board. The Company will bear the cost of any remedial action,
including such withdrawal and termination. No penalty will be imposed by the
Fund upon the affected Account for withdrawing assets from the Fund in the
event of a material irreconcilable conflict. Any such withdrawal and
termination must take place within six (6) months after the Fund gives
written notice that this provision is being implemented, and until the
effective date of such termination the Fund shall continue to accept and
implement orders by the Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares
of such Designated Portfolio.
7.5. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because a particular state
insurance regulator's decision applicable to the Company conflicts with the
majority of other state regulators, then the Company will withdraw the
affected Account's investment in the affected Designated Portfolio and
terminate this Agreement with respect to such Account within six months after
the Board informs the Company in writing that it has determined that such
decision has created an irreconcilable material conflict; provided, however,
that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required
by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority
of the disinterested members of the Board. Until the effective date of such
termination the Fund shall continue to accept and implement orders by the
Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of such Designated
Portfolios.
7.6. For purposes of Sections 7.3 through 7.6 of this Agreement, a majority
of the disinterested members of the Board shall determine whether any
proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict; but
in no event will the Fund be required to establish a new funding medium for
the Contracts. The Company shall not be required by Section 7.3 to establish
a new funding medium for the Contract if an offer to do so has been declined
by vote of a majority of Contract owners materially adversely affected by the
irreconcilable material conflict. In the event that the Board determines
that any proposed action does not adequately remedy any irreconcilable
material conflict, then the Company will withdraw an Account's investment in
any Designated Portfolio and terminate this Agreement within six (6) months
after the Board informs
12
<PAGE>
the Company in writing of the foregoing determination; provided, however,
that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required
by any such material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of
the disinterested members of the Board.
7.7. If and to the extent the Shared Funding Exemption Order contains terms
and conditions different from Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 and
7.5 of this Agreement, then the Fund and/or the Participating Insurance
Companies, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to
comply with the Shared Funding Exemption Order, and Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6,
7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 and 7.5 of the Agreement shall continue in effect only to
the extent that terms and conditions substantially identical to such Sections
are contained in the Shared Funding Exemption Order or any amendment thereto.
If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended, or Rule
6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision of the 1940
Act or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to mixed or shared
funding (as defined in the Shared Funding Exemption Order) on terms and
conditions materially different from those contained in the Shared Funding
Exemption Order, then (a) the Fund and/or the Participating Insurance
Companies, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to
comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to
the extent such rules are applicable; and (b) Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 7.1,
7.2, 7.3, 7.4 and 7.5 of this Agreement shall continue in effect only to the
extent that terms and conditions substantially identical to such Sections are
contained in such Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.
ARTICLE VIII.
INDEMNIFICATION
8.1. INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY.
(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund, the
Adviser, the Underwriter and each of their officers, trustees and directors
and each person, if any, who controls the Fund, the Adviser or the
Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively,
the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 8.1) against any and
all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in
settlement with the written consent of the Company) or litigation (including
legal and other expenses), to which the Indemnified Parties may become
subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar
as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in
respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of the
shares of the Designated Portfolios or the Contracts and;
(i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or
alleged untrue statements of any material fact contained in the
Registration Statement, prospectus, or statement of additional
information for the Contracts or contained in the Contracts or sales
literature for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement to any of
the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
13
<PAGE>
misleading; PROVIDED that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply
as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such
alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in
conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or
on behalf of the Fund for use in the Registration Statement, prospectus
or statement of additional information for the Contracts or in the
Contracts or sales literature for the Contracts (for any amendment or
supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the
Contracts or shares of the Designated Portfolios; or
(ii) arise out of or as a result of statements or representations
(other than statements or representations contained in the Registration
Statement, prospectus, SAI or sales literature of the Fund not supplied
by the Company or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of the
Company or persons under its authorization or control, with respect to
the sale or distribution of the Contracts or shares of the Designated
Portfolios; or
(iii) arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement,
prospectus, SAI or sales literature of the Fund or any amendment
thereof or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading if such a
statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished
to the Fund by or on behalf of the Company; or
(iv) arise as a result of any material failure by the Company to
provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this
Agreement (including a failure, whether unintentional or in good faith
or otherwise, to comply with the qualification requirements specified
in Article VI of this Agreement); or
(v) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or
alleged untrue statements of any material fact contained in any
Registration Statement, prospectus, statement of additional information
or sales literature for any Unaffiliated Fund, or arise out of or are
based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, or otherwise pertain to or arise in connection
with the availability of any Unaffiliated Fund as an underlying funding
vehicle in respect of the Contracts; or
(vi) arise out of or result from any material breach of any
representation and/or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or
arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement
by the Company;
as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.1(b) and
8.1(c).
(b) The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
litigation to which an Indemnified Party would
14
<PAGE>
otherwise be subject by reason of such Indemnified Party's willful
misfeasance, bad faith, or gross NEGLIGENCE in the performance of such
Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party's reckless
disregard of its obligations or duties under this Agreement.
(c) The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification
provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless
such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Company in writing within a
reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving
information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such
Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice
of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Company
of any such claim shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it
may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought
otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision, except to the
extent that the Company has been prejudiced by such failure to give notice.
In case any such action is brought against an Indemnified Party, the Company
shall be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such
action. The Company also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof,
with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action and to settle the
claim at its own expense provided, however, that no such settlement shall,
without the Indemnified Parties' written consent, include any factual
stipulation referring to the Indemnified Parties or their conduct. After
notice from the Company to such party of the Company's election to assume the
defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of
any additional counsel retained by it, and the Company will not be liable to
such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently
incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof
other than reasonable costs of investigation.
(d) The Indemnified Parties will promptly notify the Company of the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings against them in connection with
the issuance or sale of the shares of the Designated Portfolios or the
Contracts or the operation of the Fund.
8.2. INDEMNIFICATION BY THE UNDERWRITER
(a) The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company
and each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls
the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively,
the "Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 8.2) against any and
all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in
settlement with the written consent of the Underwriter) or litigation
(including legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may
become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise,
insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions
in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of
shares of the Designated Portfolios or the Contracts; and
(i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the
Registration Statement, prospectus or SAI of the Fund or sales
literature of the Fund developed by the Underwriter (or any
15
<PAGE>
amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or
are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to
indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement
or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance
upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Underwriter or
Fund by or on behalf of the Company for use in the Registration
Statement or prospectus for the Fund or its sales literature (or any
amendment or supplement thereto) or otherwise for use in connection
with the sale of the Contracts or shares of the Designated Portfolios;
or
(ii) arise out of or as a result of statements or representations
(other than statements or representations contained in the Registration
Statement, prospectus or sales literature for the Contracts not
supplied by the Underwriter or persons under its control) or wrongful
conduct of the Fund or Underwriter or person under their control with
respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or shares of the
Designated Portfolios; or
(iii) arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement,
prospectus or sales literature for the Contracts, or any amendment
thereof or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statement or statements therein not misleading,
if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information
furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund; or
(iv) arise as a result of any failure by the Fund to provide the
services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement
(including a failure, whether unintentional or in good faith or
otherwise, to comply with the diversification and other qualification
requirements specified in Article VI of this Agreement); or
(v) arise out of or result from any material breach of any
representation and/or warranty made by the Underwriter in this
Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of
this Agreement by the Underwriter;
as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.2(b) and
8.2(c) hereof.
(b) The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification
provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
litigation to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason
of such Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross
negligence in the performance or such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason
of such Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties
under this Agreement or to the Company or the Accounts, whichever is
applicable.
(c) The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification
provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless
such Indemnified Party shall have
16
<PAGE>
notified the Underwriter in writing within a reasonable time after the
summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the
claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such
Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any
designated agent), but failure to notify the Underwriter of any such claim
shall not relieve the Underwriter from any liability which it may have to the
Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on
account of this indemnification provision, except to the extent that the
Underwriter has been prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any
such action is brought against the Indemnified Party, the Underwriter will be
entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. The
Underwriter also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with
counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action and to settle the claim
at is own expense; provided, however, that no such settlement shall, without
the Indemnified Parties' written consent, include any factual stipulation
referring to the Indemnified Parties or their conduct. After notice from the
Underwriter to such party of the Underwriter's election to assume the defense
thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any
additional counsel retained by it, and the Underwriter will not be liable to
such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently
incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof
other than reasonable costs of investigation.
(d) The Company agrees promptly to notify the Underwriter of the
commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of its
officers or directors in connection with the issuance or sale of the
Contracts or the operation of the Account.
8.3. INDEMNIFICATION BY THE FUND
(a) The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and
each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the
Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the
"Indemnified Parties" for purposes of this Section 8.3) against any and all
losses, claims, expenses, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in
settlement with the written consent of the Fund); or litigation (including
legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may be required to
pay or may become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, expenses, damages, liabilities or
expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements, are related to the
operations of the Fund and:
(i) arise as a result of any failure by the Fund to provide the
services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement
(including a failure, whether unintentional or in good faith or
otherwise, to comply with the diversification and qualification
requirements specified in Article VI of this Agreement); or
(ii) arise out of or result from any material breach of any
representation and/or warranty made by the Fund in this Agreement or
arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement
by the Fund;
17
<PAGE>
as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.3(b) and
8.3(c) hereof.
(b) The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification provision
with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation to
which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of such
Indemnified Party's willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in
the performance of such Indemnified Party's duties or by reason of such
Indemnified Party's reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this
Agreement or to the Company, the Fund, the Underwriter, the Adviser or the
Accounts, whichever is applicable.
(c) The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification provision
with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such
Indemnified Party shall have notified the Fund in writing within a reasonable
time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the
nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or
after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on
any designated agent), but failure to notify the Fund of any such claim shall
not relieve the Fund from any liability that it may have to the Indemnified
Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this
indemnification provision, except to the extent that the Fund has been
prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is
brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Fund will be entitled to
participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. The Fund also shall
be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the
party named in the action and to settle the claim at its own expense;
provided, however, that no such settlement shall, without the Indemnified
Parties' written consent, include any factual stipulation referring to the
Indemnified Parties or their conduct. After notice from the Fund to such
party of the Fund's election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified
Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by
it, and the Fund will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for
any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently
in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of
investigation.
(d) The Company, the Adviser and the Underwriter agree to notify the
Fund promptly of the commencement of any litigation or proceeding against it
or any of its respective officers or directors in connection with the
Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Contracts, the operation of any
Account, or the sale or acquisition of shares of the Designated Portfolios.
ARTICLE IX
APPLICABLE LAW
9.1. This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof interpreted
under and in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
9.2. This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933, 1934 and
1940 Acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder, including
such exemptions from the statutes, rules and regulations as the SEC may grant
(including, but not limited to, the Shared Funding Exemption Order) and the
terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.
18
<PAGE>
ARTICLE X
TERMINATION
10.1. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the first
to occur of:
(a) termination by any party, for any reason with respect to any
Designated Portfolio, by twelve (12) months' advance written notice delivered
to the other parties; provided, however, that such notice shall not be given
earlier than six (6) years following the date of this Agreement; or
(b) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the
Adviser and the Underwriter with respect to any Designated Portfolio based
upon the Company's reasonable and good faith determination that shares of
such Designated Portfolio are not reasonably available to meet the
requirements of the Contracts; or
(c) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the
Adviser and the Underwriter with respect to any Designated Portfolio if the
shares of such Designated Portfolio are not registered, issued or sold in
accordance with applicable state and/or federal securities laws or such law
precludes the use of such shares to fund the Contracts issued or to be issued
by the Company; or
(d) termination by the Fund, the Adviser or Underwriter in the event
that formal administrative proceedings are instituted against the Company or
any affiliate by the NASD, the SEC, or the Insurance Commissioner or like
official of any state or any other regulatory body regarding the Company's
duties under this Agreement or related to the sale of the Contracts, the
operation of any Account, or the purchase of the shares of a Designated
Portfolio or the shares of any Unaffiliated Fund, provided, however, that the
Fund, the Adviser or Underwriter determines in its sole judgement exercised
in good faith, that any such administrative proceedings will have a material
adverse effect upon the ability of the Company to perform its obligations
under this Agreement; or
(e) termination by the Company in the event that formal
administrative proceedings are instituted against the Fund, the Adviser or
Underwriter by the NASD, the SEC, or any state securities or insurance
department or any other regulatory body, provided, however, that the Company
determines in its sole judgment exercised in good faith, that any such
administrative proceedings will have a material adverse effect upon the
ability of the Fund or Underwriter to perform its obligations under this
Agreement; or
(f) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the
Adviser and the Underwriter with respect to any Designated Portfolio in the
event that such Designated Portfolio ceases to qualify as a Regulated
Investment Company under Subchapter M or fails to comply with the Section
817(h) diversification requirements specified in Article VI hereof, or if the
Company reasonably believes that such Designated Portfolio may fail to so
qualify or comply; or
19
<PAGE>
(g) termination by the Fund, the Adviser or Underwriter by written
notice to the Company in the event that the Contracts fail to meet the
qualifications specified in Article VI hereof; or
(h) termination by any of the Fund, the Adviser or the Underwriter by
written notice to the Company, if any of the Fund, the Adviser or the
Underwriter, respectively, shall determine, in their sole judgement exercised
in good faith, that the Company has suffered a material adverse change in its
business, operations, financial condition, insurance company rating or
prospects since the date of this Agreement or is the subject of material
adverse publicity; or
(i) termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the
Adviser and the Underwriter, if the Company shall determine, in its sole
judgment exercised in good faith, that the Fund, the Adviser or the
Underwriter has suffered a material adverse change in its business,
operations, financial condition or prospects since the date of this Agreement
or is the subject of material adverse publicity and that material adverse
change or publicity will have a material adverse effect on the Fund's or the
Underwriter's ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement; or
(j) at the option of Company, as one party, or the Fund, the Adviser
and the Underwriter, as one party, upon the other party's material breach of
any provision of this Agreement upon 30 days' notice and opportunity to cure.
10.2. EFFECT OF TERMINATION. Notwithstanding any termination of this
Agreement, the Fund and the Underwriter may, at their sole option, continue
to make available additional shares of a Designated Portfolio pursuant to the
terms and conditions of this Agreement, for all Contracts in effect on the
effective date of termination of this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as
"Existing Contracts"). Specifically, the owners of the Existing Contracts
may in such event be permitted to reallocate investments in the Designated
Portfolios, redeem investments in the Designated Portfolios and/or invest in
the Designated Portfolios upon the making of additional purchase payments
under the Existing Contracts. The parties agree that this Section 10.2 shall
not apply to any termination under Article VII and the effect of such Article
VII termination shall be governed by Article VII of this Agreement. The
parties further agree that this Section 10.2 shall not apply to any
termination under Section 10.1(g) of this Agreement.
10.3. Notwithstanding termination of this Agreement, the Company shall not
redeem shares of a Designated Portfolio attributable to the Contracts (as
opposed to shares of a Designated Portfolio attributable to the Company's
assets held in an Account) except (i) as necessary to implement Contract
owner initiated or approved transactions provided the Company shall not, and
shall not permit any affiliate of the Company to, directly or indirectly
solicit, encourage or induce any such Contract owner initiated or approved
transaction so long as the Fund and the Underwriter continue to make
additional shares of the Designated Portfolio available pursuant to Section
10.2 above, or (ii) as required by state and/or federal laws or regulations
or judicial or other legal precedent of general application (hereinafter
referred to as a "Legally Required Redemption"). Upon
20
<PAGE>
request, the Company will promptly furnish to the Fund, the Adviser and the
Underwriter the opinion of counsel for the Company (which counsel shall be
reasonably satisfactory to the Fund, the Adviser and the Underwriter) to the
effect that any redemption pursuant to clause (ii) above is a Legally
Required Redemption. Furthermore, the Company shall not prevent Contract
owners from allocating payments to a Designated Portfolio that was otherwise
available under the Contracts.
10.4. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, each party's
obligation under Article VIII to indemnify the other parties shall survive.
ARTICLE XI
NOTICES
Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or
certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth
below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in
writing to the other party.
If to the Fund:
Kemper Investors Fund
222 South Riverside Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Attention: Secretary
If to the Company:
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
440 Lincoln Street
Worcester, Massachusetts 01653
Attention: Secretary
If to the Adviser:
Zurich Kemper Investments, Inc.
222 South Riverside Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Attention: Secretary
21
<PAGE>
If to the Underwriter:
Kemper Distributors, Inc.
222 South Riverside Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Attention: Secretary
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
12.1. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of
reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof
or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
12.2. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more
counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.
12.3. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a
court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement
shall not be affected thereby.
12.4. Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party and all
appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the SEC,
the NASD, and state insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities
reasonable access to its books and records in connection with any
investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, each
party hereto further agrees to furnish the Massachusetts Insurance
Commissioner with any information or reports in connection with services
provided under this Agreement that such Commissioner may request in order to
ascertain whether the variable annuity operations of the Company are being
conducted in a manner consistent with the Massachusetts variable annuity laws
and regulations and any other applicable law or regulations.
12.5. The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are
cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies, and
obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to
under state and federal laws.
12.6. This Agreement or any of the rights and obligations hereunder may not
be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of all parties
hereto.
12.7. All persons are expressly put on notice of the Fund's Agreement and
Declaration of Trust and all amendments thereto, all of which on file with
the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and the limitation of
shareholder and trustee liability contained therein. This Agreement has been
executed by and on behalf of the Fund by its representatives as such
representatives and not individually, and the obligations of the Fund with
respect to a Designated
22
<PAGE>
Portfolio hereunder are not binding upon any of the trustees, officers or
shareholders of the Fund individually, but are binding upon only the assets
and property of such Designated Portfolio. All parties dealing with the Fund
with respect to a Designated Portfolio shall look solely to the assets of
such Designated Portfolio for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund
hereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be
executed in its name and on behalf by its duly authorized representative and
its seal to be hereunder affixed hereto as of the date specified below.
COMPANY: First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company
By: /s/ Richard M. Reilly
--------------------------------------------
Title: Vice President and Director
-----------------------------------------
Date: 11/6/96
------------------------------------------
FUND: Kemper Investors Fund
By: /s/ John E. Reed
--------------------------------------------
Title:
-----------------------------------------
Date: 11/5/96
------------------------------------------
ADVISER Zurich Kemper Investments, Inc.
By: /s/ John E. Reed
--------------------------------------------
Title:
-----------------------------------------
Date: 11/5/96
------------------------------------------
UNDERWRITER Kemper Distributors, Inc.
By: /s/ James L. Greenawalt
--------------------------------------------
Title: President
-----------------------------------------
Date: 11/5/96
------------------------------------------
23
<PAGE>
UNDERWRITER Kemper Distributors, Inc.
By:
--------------------------------------------
Title:
-----------------------------------------
Date:
------------------------------------------
24
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE A
NAME OF SEPARATE ACCOUNT AND DATE
ESTABLISHED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Separate Account KG (6/13/96)
Separate Account KGC (6/13/96)
CONTRACTS FUNDED
BY SEPARATE ACCOUNT
Kemper Gateway Elite
Kemper Gateway Custom
DESIGNATED PORTFOLIOS*
Money Market Portfolio
Total Return Portfolio
High Yield Portfolio
Growth Portfolio
Government Securities Portfolio
International Portfolio
Small Cap Growth Portfolio
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
Value Portfolio
Small Cap Value Portfolio
Value+Growth Portfolio
Horizon 20+ Portfolio
Horizon 10+ Portfolio
Horizon 5 Portfolio
___________________________________
* Additional Designated Portfolios may be added at the request of the Fund,
Adviser and Underwriter and with the consent of the Company, which consent
will not be unreasonably withheld.
A-1
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE B
EXPENSES
1. In the event the prospectus, SAI, annual report or other communication of
the Fund is combined with a document of another party, the Fund will pay
the costs based upon the relative number of pages attributable to the Fund.
2. Expenses allocated to the Company on this Schedule may be subject to
further allocation between the Company and Kemper Distributors, Inc.
("KDI") pursuant to a Wholesaling Agreement between the Company and KDI
related to the Contracts.
<TABLE>
<C> <S> <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESPONSIBLE
ITEM FUNCTION PARTY
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROSPECTUS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Update Typesetting Fund (1)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
New Sales: Printing KDI/Company (2)
Distribution KDI/Company (2)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Existing Printing Fund (1)
Owners: Distribution Fund (1)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATEMENTS OF Same as Prospectus Same
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROXY MATERIALS OF THE Typesetting Fund
FUND Printing Fund
Distribution Fund
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUAL REPORTS & OTHER
COMMUNICATIONS
WITH SHAREHOLDERS
OF THE FUND
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All Typesetting Fund (1)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Marketing: Printing KDI/Company (2)
Distribution KDI/Company (2)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Existing Owners: Printing Fund (1)
Distribution Fund (1)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATIONS OF FUND All operations and related expenses, including the Fund
cost of registration and qualification of the Fund's
shares, preparation and filing of the Fund's
prospectus and registration statement, proxy materials
and reports, the preparation of all statements and
notices required by any federal or state law and all
taxes on the issuance of the Fund's shares, and all
costs of management of the business affairs of the
Fund.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
B-1
<PAGE>
B-2
